update translations for 4.4.0 alpha2

Change-Id: I5a3530dcb6463fef130ed51c6d9718179af0f7f0

45 files changed, 1696 insertions, 1692 deletions

diff --git a/source/gl/chart2/source/controller/dialogs.po b/source/gl/chart2/source/controller/dialogs.po
index 54f8eb9f77a..dfb0ad8e590 100644
--- a/source/gl/chart2/source/controller/dialogs.po
+++ b/source/gl/chart2/source/controller/dialogs.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:01+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-12 07:49+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 16:32+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1402559390.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413909136.000000\n"
 
 #: Strings.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ACTION_TOGGLE_GRID_HORZ\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Horizontal grid major/major&minor/off"
-msgstr "Gradicela horizontal principal/principal e secundaria/desactivada"
+msgstr "Grade horizontal primaria/primaria e secundaria/desactivada"
 
 #: Strings.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ACTION_TOGGLE_GRID_VERTICAL\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Vertical grid major/major&minor/off"
-msgstr "Gradicela vertical principal/principal e secundaria/desactivada"
+msgstr "Grade vertical primaria/primaria e secundaria/desactivada"
 
 #: Strings.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/chart2/uiconfig/ui.po b/source/gl/chart2/uiconfig/ui.po
index ccf5d560f23..3c38a097c48 100644
--- a/source/gl/chart2/uiconfig/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/chart2/uiconfig/ui.po
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-28 15:11+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xosé <xosecalvo@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:10+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406560263.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271416.000000\n"
 
 #: 3dviewdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Show _legend key"
-msgstr "Amosar a clave  da _lenda"
+msgstr "Amosar a clave da _lenda"
 
 #: dlg_DataLabel.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "title\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Grids"
-msgstr "Gradicelas"
+msgstr "Grade"
 
 #: insertgriddlg.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Major grids"
-msgstr "Gradicelas principais"
+msgstr "Grades primarias"
 
 #: insertgriddlg.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Minor grids"
-msgstr "Gradicelas secundarias"
+msgstr "Grades secundarias"
 
 #: inserttitledlg.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrías e espazado"
+msgstr "Sangrado e espazamento"
 
 #: paradialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Grids"
-msgstr "Gradicelas"
+msgstr "Grades"
 
 #: tp_ChartType.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Show _legend key"
-msgstr "Amosar a clave  da _lenda"
+msgstr "Amosar a clave da _lenda"
 
 #: tp_DataLabel.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/connectivity/source/resource.po b/source/gl/connectivity/source/resource.po
index 339c6893926..c3f27adacdc 100644
--- a/source/gl/connectivity/source/resource.po
+++ b/source/gl/connectivity/source/resource.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-16 11:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-22 22:02+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1402918089.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414015364.000000\n"
 
 #: conn_error_message.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "256 + 2*301 + 0\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "$1$ is no SQL conform identifier."
-msgstr "$1$ non é un identificador correcto do estandar SQL."
+msgstr "$1$ non é un identificador correcto do estándar SQL."
 
 #: conn_error_message.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "256 + 2*303 + 0\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "The name '$1$' is already in use in the database."
-msgstr "O nome '$1$' xa está sendo usado na base de datos."
+msgstr "O nome «$1$» xa está sendo usado na base de datos."
 
 #: conn_error_message.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/cui/source/customize.po b/source/gl/cui/source/customize.po
index 3a7f4aea52e..3e8e90167a1 100644
--- a/source/gl/cui/source/customize.po
+++ b/source/gl/cui/source/customize.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-16 12:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:56+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1402920299.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413914169.000000\n"
 
 #: acccfg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_CONFIRM_TOOLBAR_RESET\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "The toolbar configuration for %SAVE IN SELECTION% will be reset to the default settings. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "A barra de ferramentas de configuración para %SAVE IN SELECTION%  restabelecerase coa configuración predeterminada. Quere continuar?"
+msgstr "A barra de ferramentas de configuración para %SAVE IN SELECTION% restabelecerase coa configuración predeterminada. Quere continuar?"
 
 #: cfg.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/cui/source/dialogs.po b/source/gl/cui/source/dialogs.po
index 55d99572230..842dc207993 100644
--- a/source/gl/cui/source/dialogs.po
+++ b/source/gl/cui/source/dialogs.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-16 12:08+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1402920517.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413913698.000000\n"
 
 #: colorpicker.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_ERROR_RUNNING\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "An error occurred while running the %LANGUAGENAME script %SCRIPTNAME."
-msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao executar o script %SCRIPTNAME en %LANGUAGENAME."
+msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao executar o guión de execución %LANGUAGENAME %SCRIPTNAME."
 
 #: scriptdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_EXCEPTION_RUNNING\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "An exception occurred while running the %LANGUAGENAME script %SCRIPTNAME."
-msgstr "Produciuse unha excepción ao executar o script %SCRIPTNAME en %LANGUAGENAME."
+msgstr "Produciuse unha excepción ao executar o guión de execución %SCRIPTNAME %LANGUAGENAME."
 
 #: scriptdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_ERROR_AT_LINE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "An error occurred while running the %LANGUAGENAME script %SCRIPTNAME at line: %LINENUMBER."
-msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao executar o script %SCRIPTNAME en %LANGUAGENAME na liña: %LINENUMBER."
+msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao executar o guión de execución %SCRIPTNAME %LANGUAGENAME na liña: %LINENUMBER."
 
 #: scriptdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_EXCEPTION_AT_LINE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "An exception occurred while running the %LANGUAGENAME script %SCRIPTNAME at line: %LINENUMBER."
-msgstr "Produciuse unha excepción ao executar o script %SCRIPTNAME en %LANGUAGENAME na liña: %LINENUMBER."
+msgstr "Produciuse unha excepción ao executar o guión de execución %SCRIPTNAME %LANGUAGENAME na liña: %LINENUMBER."
 
 #: scriptdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_FRAMEWORK_ERROR_RUNNING\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "A Scripting Framework error occurred while running the %LANGUAGENAME script %SCRIPTNAME."
-msgstr "Produciuse un erro no Scripting Framework ao executar o script %SCRIPTNAME en %LANGUAGENAME."
+msgstr "Produciuse un erro no Scripting Framework ao executar o guión de execución %SCRIPTNAME %LANGUAGENAME."
 
 #: scriptdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_FRAMEWORK_ERROR_AT_LINE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "A Scripting Framework error occurred while running the %LANGUAGENAME script %SCRIPTNAME at line: %LINENUMBER."
-msgstr "Produciuse un erro no Scripting Framework ao executar o script %SCRIPTNAME en %LANGUAGENAME na liña: %LINENUMBER."
+msgstr "Produciuse un erro no Scripting Framework ao executar o guión de execución %SCRIPTNAME %LANGUAGENAME na liña: %LINENUMBER."
 
 #: scriptdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/cui/uiconfig/ui.po b/source/gl/cui/uiconfig/ui.po
index 71ab22c8f48..2be4c878e4e 100644
--- a/source/gl/cui/uiconfig/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/cui/uiconfig/ui.po
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-28 15:13+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xosé <xosecalvo@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406560416.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271555.000000\n"
 
 #: aboutconfigdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Apply spacing between Asian, Latin and Complex text"
-msgstr "Aplicar espazado entre textos latinos, asiáticos e complexos"
+msgstr "Aplicar espazamento entre textos latinos, asiáticos e complexos"
 
 #: asiantypography.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "title\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Border / Background"
-msgstr "Bordo e fondo"
+msgstr "Bordo / Fondo"
 
 #: borderbackgrounddialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing to contents"
-msgstr "Espazado ata o contido"
+msgstr "Espazamento ata o contido"
 
 #: borderpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Select or add the correct Network Security Services Certificate directory to use for digital signatures:"
-msgstr "Seleccione ou  engada o cartafol correcto dos certificados do Network Security Services para utilizar nas sinaturas dixitais:"
+msgstr "Seleccione ou engada o cartafol correcto dos certificados do Network Security Services para utilizar nas sinaturas dixitais:"
 
 #: certdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5756,7 +5756,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing to contents"
-msgstr "Espazado ata o contido"
+msgstr "Espazamento ata o contido"
 
 #: insertoleobject.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7997,7 +7997,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indent at"
-msgstr "Sangría á"
+msgstr "Sangrar á"
 
 #: numberingpositionpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8024,7 +8024,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría"
+msgstr "Sangrado"
 
 #: numberingpositionpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8069,7 +8069,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Position and spacing"
-msgstr "Posición e espazado"
+msgstr "Posición e espazamento"
 
 #: numberingpositionpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8888,7 +8888,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "[L]: Load and convert the object"
-msgstr "[c]: cargar e converter o obxecto"
+msgstr "[C]: Cargar e converter o obxecto"
 
 #: optfltrembedpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8897,7 +8897,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "[S]: Convert and save the object"
-msgstr "[s]: converter e gardar o obxecto"
+msgstr "[G]: Converter e gardar o obxecto"
 
 #: optfltrembedpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9671,7 +9671,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "_Default currency"
-msgstr "Moeda  pre_determinada"
+msgstr "Moeda pre_determinada"
 
 #: optlanguagespage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12185,7 +12185,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría"
+msgstr "Sangrado"
 
 #: paraindentspacing.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12221,7 +12221,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: paraindentspacing.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12833,7 +12833,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: positionpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13625,7 +13625,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrías e espazado"
+msgstr "Sangrados e espazamento"
 
 #: searchformatdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/desktop/source/app.po b/source/gl/desktop/source/app.po
index 61cf823c7a8..fbb7fbaecde 100644
--- a/source/gl/desktop/source/app.po
+++ b/source/gl/desktop/source/app.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 12:47+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:19+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1402318059.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413911985.000000\n"
 
 #: desktop.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_LO_MUST_BE_RESTARTED\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "%PRODUCTNAME must unfortunately be manually restarted once after installation or update."
-msgstr "Desafortunadamente, hai que reiniciar manualmente LibreOffice logo da instalación ou actualización."
+msgstr "Desafortunadamente, hai que reiniciar manualmente %PRODUCTNAME logo da instalación ou actualización."
 
 #: desktop.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/dictionaries/en/dialog.po b/source/gl/dictionaries/en/dialog.po
index 5262381d7fa..1d58a3f3132 100644
--- a/source/gl/dictionaries/en/dialog.po
+++ b/source/gl/dictionaries/en/dialog.po
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-20 13:01+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 20:39+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:12+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1371847170.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271575.000000\n"
 
 #: en_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "spaces\n"
 "property.text"
 msgid "Word spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado palabras"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre palabras"
 
 #: en_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "spaces2\n"
 "property.text"
 msgid "Sentence spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado frases"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre frases"
 
 #: en_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/dictionaries/hu_HU/dialog.po b/source/gl/dictionaries/hu_HU/dialog.po
index b1ad6f184f0..f3b8773f37e 100644
--- a/source/gl/dictionaries/hu_HU/dialog.po
+++ b/source/gl/dictionaries/hu_HU/dialog.po
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-20 13:01+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 20:42+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:01+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1371847372.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271610.000000\n"
 
 #: hu_HU_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "thin\n"
 "property.text"
 msgid "Thin space"
-msgstr "Espazado simple"
+msgstr "Espazamento simple"
 
 #: hu_HU_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "spaces\n"
 "property.text"
 msgid "Double spaces"
-msgstr "Espazado dobre"
+msgstr "Espazamento duplo"
 
 #: hu_HU_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "spaces2\n"
 "property.text"
 msgid "More spaces"
-msgstr "Máis espazado"
+msgstr "Máis espazamento"
 
 #: hu_HU_en_US.properties
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/editeng/source/items.po b/source/gl/editeng/source/items.po
index c06598df837..755a5c6d25b 100644
--- a/source/gl/editeng/source/items.po
+++ b/source/gl/editeng/source/items.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-26 11:59+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1403783971.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271714.000000\n"
 
 #: page.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_THINTHICK_SMALLGAP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Double, inside: fine, outside: thick, spacing: small"
-msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazado: pequeno"
+msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazamento: pequeno"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_THINTHICK_MEDIUMGAP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Double, inside: fine, outside: thick, spacing: medium"
-msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazado: medio"
+msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazamento: medio"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_THINTHICK_LARGEGAP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Double, inside: fine, outside: thick, spacing: large"
-msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazado: grande"
+msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazamento: grande"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_THICKTHIN_SMALLGAP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Double, inside: thick, outside: fine, spacing: small"
-msgstr "Duplo, interior: groso, exterior: fino, espazado: pequeno"
+msgstr "Duplo, interior: groso, exterior: fino, espazamento: pequeno"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_THICKTHIN_MEDIUMGAP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Double, inside: thick, outside: fine, spacing: medium"
-msgstr "Duplo, interno: groso, exterior: fino, espazado: medio"
+msgstr "Duplo, interno: groso, exterior: fino, espazamento: medio"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_THICKTHIN_LARGEGAP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Double, inside: thick, outside: fine, spacing: large"
-msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazado: grande"
+msgstr "Duplo, interior: fino, exterior: groso, espazamento: grande"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_LRSPACE_LEFT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indent left "
-msgstr "Sangría á esquerda "
+msgstr "Sangrar á esquerda "
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_LRSPACE_RIGHT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indent right "
-msgstr "Sangría á dereita "
+msgstr "Sangrar á dereita "
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_BORDER_DISTANCE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing "
-msgstr "Espazado "
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_SCRPTSPC_OFF\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "No automatic character spacing"
-msgstr "Sen espazado automático entre caracteres"
+msgstr "Sen espazamento automático entre caracteres"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_SCRPTSPC_ON\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "No automatic character spacing"
-msgstr "Sen espazado automático entre caracteres"
+msgstr "Sen espazamento automático entre caracteres"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/extensions/source/update/check.po b/source/gl/extensions/source/update/check.po
index a04978e9dc1..e40be942849 100644
--- a/source/gl/extensions/source/update/check.po
+++ b/source/gl/extensions/source/update/check.po
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-23 12:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-13 23:00+0000\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:56+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1371164458.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413914211.000000\n"
 
 #: updatehdl.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_UPDATE_STR_RELOAD_WARNING\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "A file with the name '%FILENAME' already exists in '%DOWNLOAD_PATH'! Do you want to continue with the download or delete and reload the file?"
-msgstr "Un ficheiro co nome «%FILENAME» xa existe en «%DOWNLOAD_PATH»!  Quere continuar coa descarga ou eliminar e recargar o ficheiro?"
+msgstr "Un ficheiro co nome «%FILENAME» xa existe en «%DOWNLOAD_PATH»! Quere continuar coa descarga ou eliminar e recargar o ficheiro?"
 
 #: updatehdl.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/filter/source/config/fragments/filters.po b/source/gl/filter/source/config/fragments/filters.po
index 0ca71bdd136..4ece49598af 100644
--- a/source/gl/filter/source/config/fragments/filters.po
+++ b/source/gl/filter/source/config/fragments/filters.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-02 15:21+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-04 10:20+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 16:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1409826022.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413908679.000000\n"
 
 #: AbiWord.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "UIName\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "HTML Document (Master Document)"
-msgstr "Documento HTML (Documento mestre)"
+msgstr "Documento HTML (Documento principal)"
 
 #: HTML_MasterDoc_ui.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "UIName\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Text - Choose Encoding (Master Document)"
-msgstr "Texto - Escoller a codificación (Documento mestre)"
+msgstr "Texto - Escoller a codificación (Documento principal)"
 
 #: Text__encoded___StarWriter_Web__ui.xcu
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po b/source/gl/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
index f72355100d4..e01a183a720 100644
--- a/source/gl/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
+++ b/source/gl/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-25 17:42+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-21 20:28+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: serval2412 <serval2412@yahoo.fr>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-06 16:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Galician <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1411331330.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1415290052.000000\n"
 
 #: 01120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tit\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Page Preview"
-msgstr "Previsualización de páxina"
+msgstr "Visualización de páxina"
 
 #: 01120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id1471907\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Mostra unha vista previa da páxina impresa ou pecha a vista previa.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Amosa unha vista previa da páxina impresa oupecha a vista previa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id2649311\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page View Object Bar\">Page View Object Bar</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp \" name=\"A páxina View Bar obxecto \"> Páxina Bar View Object </link>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Abre o diálogo <emph>Combinación de correspondencia</emph>, que axuda a imprimir e gardar cartas modelo.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Abre o diálogo<emph>Combinación de correspondencia</emph>, que axuda a imprimir e gardarcartas modelo.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id8186895\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select a database and table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Seleccione unha base de datos e unha táboa.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Seleccione unha base de datos e unhatáboa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id3101901\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Prema para crear un documento grande que conteña todos os rexistros de datos.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Prema para crear un documento grande queconteña todos os rexistros de datos.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5345011\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one document for every one data record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Prema para crear un documento para cada rexistro de datos.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Prema para crear un documento para cadarexistro de datos.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5631580\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Xerar o nome de cada ficheiro a partir dos datos contidos na base de datos.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Xerar o nome de cada ficheiro a partirdos datos contidos na base de datos.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Procesa todos os rexistros da base de datos.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Procesa todos os rexistrosda base de datos.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Procesa só os rexistros marcados da base de datos. Esta opción só está dispoñíbel cando antes se marcasen os rexistros necesarios na base de datos.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Procesa só os rexistrosmarcados da base de datos. Esta opción só está dispoñíbel cando antes semarcasen os rexistros necesarios na base de datos.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Specifies which records to include in your form letter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Indica que rexistros se desexa incluír na carta modelo.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Indica que rexistros sedesexa incluír na carta modelo.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Indica o número do primeiro rexistro que se desexa imprimir.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Indica o número doprimeiro rexistro que se desexa imprimir.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Indica o número do derradeiro rexistro que se desexa imprimir.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Indica o número doderradeiro rexistro que se desexa imprimir.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">Prints the form letters.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: RadioButton: DLG_MAILMERGE: RB_PRINTER \">Imprime ascartas </ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Garda o formulario dascartaas en ficheiros.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: checkbox: DLG_MAILMERGE: CB_SINGLE_JOBS \">Imprime cadacarta de formulario individualmente coa impresora seleccionada </ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: EDIT: DLG_MAILMERGE: ED_PATH \">Especifica o camiño paraalmacenar as cartas </ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Abre o diálogo<emph>Selecionar ruta.</emph></ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Usa o contido do campo dedatos seleccionado como nome do ficheiro para a carta.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "48\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Creates the file name based on the text you enter, followed by a serial number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Crea o nome do ficheiro a partir do texto que vostede introduza, seguido dun número de serie.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Crea o nome do ficheiro apartir do texto que vostede introduza, seguido dun número de serie.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01160100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: SendOutlineToStarImpres \">Envía o esbozo do documentoactivo a un novo documento de presentación.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01160200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Envía o esbozo dun documento para oportapapeis en Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01160300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"autoabstracttext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: CreateAbstract \">Copia os títulos e unha serie de apartados posteriores no documento activo aun novo documento de texto AutoResumo. Un AutoResumo é útil para obter unhavisión xeral de documentos longos. </ahelp> Pode especificar o número deniveis de destaque, así como o número de parágrafos neles contidas. Todos osniveis e parágrafos baixo os seus axustes están ocultos. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 01160300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Included Outline Levels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Niveis de esquema incluídos"
 
 #: 01160300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines\">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/bosquexos \">Introduza a extensión dos niveis de esquema que serán copiados ao novodocumento. </ahelp> Por exemplo, se escolle catro niveis, todos osparágrafos formatados con Título 1 ata Título 4 están incluídos, xunto conúmero de parágrafos posteriores especificados en <emph> subpuntos por nivel</ emph>."
 
 #: 01160300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Subpoints per Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sub-puntos por nivel"
 
 #: 01160300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras\">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras \">Especifique o número máximo de puntos consecutivos que se incluirán nodocumento AutoResumo despois de cada título. </ahelp> Todos os parágrafosata o máximo definidos son incluídos ata que sexa alcanzado o seguinteparágrafo con estilo de título."
 
 #: 01160400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: SendAbstractToStarImpre \"> Abre o documento actualcomo unha presentación de Impress [officename]. O presente documento debeconter, polo menos, un estilo de parágrafo de título predefinido. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 01160400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Included Outline Levels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Niveis de esquema incluídos"
 
 #: 01160400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Subpoints per Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Subpuntos por nivel"
 
 #: 01160400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. </variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Garda o ficheiro como documento en HTML para que poida ser visto nun navegador web. Pódese escoller crear unha páxina separada cando se atope un estilo de título que vostede indique no documento.</ahelp> Se escolle esta opción, tamén se crea unha páxina separada con ligazóns a todas as páxinas que se xeren.</variable>"
+msgstr "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Garda o ficheiro comodocumento en HTML para que poida ser visto nun navegador web. Pódeseescoller crear unha páxina separada cando se atope un estilo de título quevostede indique no documento.</ahelp> Se escolle esta opción, tamén se creaunha páxina separada con ligazóns a todas as páxinas que sexeren.</variable>"
 
 #: 01160500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE \"> Seleccione o estilode parágrafo de título que desexa utilizar para indicar unha nova páxinaHTML. </ahelp> Para usar esta opción, aplicar un dos estilos de parágrafo detítulo aos parágrafos en que desexa iniciar unha nova páxina no documento."
 
 #: 01160500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: Navigator \"> Mostra ou oculta o navegador, onde podeir rapidamente a diferentes partes do documento. Tamén pode usar o Navegadorpara inserir elementos do documento actual ou doutros documentos abertos, eorganizar documentos mestre. </ahelp> Para editar un elemento noNavegador, prema co botón dereito no elemento e, a continuación, seleccioneun comando desde o contexto menú. Se quere, pode <link href=\\ \"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # andocken \" name=\\ \"peirao \"> peirao </link>,o Explorador no bordo do seu espazo de traballo."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para abrir o Navegador, seleccione <emph> Ver - Navigator </ emph>. Para mover o Navegador, arrastre a barra de título. Para que o Navegador, arrastre a barra de título cara á esquerda ou á beira dereita do espazo de traballo. Para desencaixar o Navegador, manteña premida a tecla Ctrl e prema dúas veces nunha área gris da Explorador."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "64\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para ir para o elemento seguinte ou anterior nun documento, prema no <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\"Navegación \"> Navegación </link> icona para abrir a barra de ferramentas de navegación , prema na categoría do elemento e prema nas frechas cara a arriba ou abaixo."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "67\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp> Switches between <link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link> is open."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Alterna entre mostrar mestre evisión normal, se un documento mestre é aberto. </ahelp> Alterna entre<link href=\\ \"text/shared/01/02110000 .xhp \\ \"name=\" master view \\\"> vista mestre </link> e visión normal un <link href=\" text/shared/01/01010001.xhp \\ \"name=\" mestre documento \\ \"> documento mestre </link> é aberta."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "70\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Abre o <emph> Navegación </emph> barra de ferramentas, onde pode ir rapidamente ao seguinte ou aoelemento anterior na categoría que seleccionar. Seleccione a categoría e, acontinuación, prema no botón \\ \"\\ Anterior\" e \\ \"Seguinte \" frechas. </ahelp> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\\\"Navegación \\ \"> Navegación </link> barra de ferramentas, onde pode irrapidamente ao seguinte ou ao elemento anterior na categoría queseleccionar. Seleccione a categoría e, a continuación, prema no botón \\ \"\\Anterior\" e \\ \"Seguinte \" frechas."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "83\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To continue the search, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Repeat Search</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para continuar a investigación, prema no <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\"Repeat Search \"> <emph> Repetir busca </ emph> </link> A icona no < emph> Navegación </ emph> barra de ferramentas."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\".</ahelp> Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Salta ao elemento anterior nodocumento. Para especificar o tipo de elemento para ir a, faga clic no botón<emph> Navegación </ emph> icona e prema en unha categoría de elemento -por exemplo, \\ \"Imaxes \" </ahelp> Vai ao elemento anterior no documento. .Para especificar o tipo de elemento para ir a, faga clic no <link href=\\\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\\ \"Navegación \"> Navegación </link> icona e prema en unha categoría de elemento - por exemplo, \\ \"Imaxes\"."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\".</ahelp> Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Salta ao seguinte elemento nodocumento. Para especificar o tipo de elemento para ir a, faga clic no <linkhref=\\ \"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\\ \"Navegación \"><emph> Navegación </ emph> </link> icona e prema en unha categoría deelemento - por exemplo, \\ \"Imaxes \" </ahelp> Salta ao seguinte elemento nodocumento .. Para especificar o tipo de elemento para ir a, faga clic no<link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\\ \"Navegación \">Navegación </link> icona e prema en unha categoría de elemento - porexemplo, \\ \"Imaxes \"."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "73\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Escriba o número da páxina á que desexe ir e prema Intro.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Escriba o número da páxina á que desexe ir eprema Intro.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Mostra ou agocha a lista do <emph>Navegador</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Mostra ou agocha a lista do<emph>Navegador</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Alterna entre a presentación de todas as categorías no Navegador e a categoría seleccionada.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Alterna entre a presentación de todas ascategorías no Navegador e a categoría seleccionada.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp> Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Prema aquí para colocar un aviso na posición na que estea o cursor. Pódense definir até cinco avisos. Para ir a un aviso, prema na icona <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navegación</emph></link>, na xanela <emph>Navegación</emph> prema na icona <emph>Aviso</emph> e a seguir os botóns <emph>Anterior</emph> ou <emph>Seguinte</emph>.</ahelp>Prema aquí para colocar un aviso, prema na icona <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navegación</link> da xanela Navegación, prema a icona Aviso e a seguir prema os botóns Anterior ou Seguinte."
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Prema aquí para colocar un aviso na posición na que estea o cursor. Pódense definir ata cinco avisos. Para ir a un aviso, prema na icona <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navegación</emph></link>, na xanela <emph>Navegación</emph> prema na icona <emph>Aviso</emph> e a seguir os botóns <emph>Anterior</emph> ou <emph>Seguinte</emph>.</ahelp>Prema aquí para colocar un recordatorio na posición actual. Pode definir ata cinco recordatorios. Para ir ao un recordatorio, prema en <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navegación</link> da xanela Navegación, prema a icona Aviso e a seguir prema os botóns Anterior ou Seguinte."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Move o cursor á cabeceira, ou desde a cabeceira á área de texto do documento.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Move o cursor á cabeceira, ou desde a cabeceiraá área de texto do documento.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Move o cursor ao rodapé, ou desde o rodapé á área de texto do documento.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Move o cursor ao rodapé, ou desde o rodapé áárea de texto do documento.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Alterna entre o texto da nota a rodapé e a súa áncora.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Alterna entre o texto da nota a rodapé e a súaáncora.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_TBX4 \"> Define as opcións de arrastrar e soltarpara inserir elementos do Navigator nun documento, por exemplo, como unhipervínculo. Prema nesta icona e escolla a opción que desexa usar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP \"> Crea unha hiperligazón cando arrastrare soltar un elemento no documento actual. Preme o hyperlink no documentopara ir para o elemento que o hiperenlace apunta. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK \"> Insire o elemento seleccionado comoligazón onde arrastrar e soltar no documento actual. O texto insírese comoseccións protexidas. O contido da ligazón actualízase automaticamente candoa fonte é alterada. Para actualizar manualmente as ligazóns nun documento,escolla <emph> Ferramentas - Actualizar - Ligazóns </ emph>. Non pode crearligazóns para gráficos, obxectos OLE, referencias e índices. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "43\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY \"> Insire unha copia do elementoseleccionado onde arrastrar e soltar no documento actual. Non pode arrastrare soltar copias de gráficos, obxectos OLE, referencias e índices. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_TBX13 \"> Prema nesta icona e, a continuación,seleccione o número da posición niveis destacado que quere amosar na ventáNavegador. </ahelp> Tamén pode acceder a este comando premendo co botóndereito nun título ventá Navegador."
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "77\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES \"> Prema en <emph> 1 </ emph> para ver sóos títulos de nivel superior no diálogo Navigator, e <emph> 10 </ emph> paraver todos os títulos. </ ahelp >"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_TBX5 \"> Move o título seleccionado, eo texto porbaixo do título, unha posición anterior título no Navegador e no documento.Para mover só o título seleccionado e non o texto asociado co título,Manteña a tecla Ctrl e prema nesta icona. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_TBX6 \"> Move o título seleccionado, eo texto porbaixo do título, unha posición abaixo título no Navegador e no documento.Para mover só o título seleccionado e non o texto asociado co título,Manteña a tecla Ctrl e prema nesta icona. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "56\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_TBX14 ​​\"> Aumenta o nivel de contorno do títuloseleccionado, e os títulos que se producen baixo do cabezallo, por un. Paraaumentar só o nivel de esquema do título seleccionado, manteña premida atecla Ctrl e prema nesta icona. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "59\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_TBX15 \"> Diminúe o nivel destacado do títuloseleccionado, e os títulos que se producen baixo do cabezallo, por un. Paradiminuír só o nivel de esquema do título seleccionado, manteña premida atecla Ctrl e prema nesta icona. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "62\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word \"active\" after its name in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX \"> Lista os nomes de todos osdocumentos de texto abertos. Para ver o contido dun documento na ventáNavegador, seleccione o nome do documento na lista. O documento actualexhibido no Explorador indícase por palabra \\ \"\\ activo\" despois do seu nomena lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode botón dereito do rato nun elemento no Navegador, seleccione <emph> Pantalla </ emph>, e logo prema o documento que quere ver."
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_SCRL_NAVI \"> Se fai clic nesta icona no Navigator ou naparte inferior dereita da ventá do documento, unha barra de ferramentasaparecerá o que lle permite escoller entre os obxectivos existentes dentrodun documento. </ahelp> Vostede Pode entón usar as frechas para arriba eabaixo para colocar o cursor de texto no documento sobre a meta anterior ouseguinte."
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP \"> Prema no botón anterior para ir á páxinaou obxecto anterior. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN \"> Prema no botón de embaixo paradesprazarse á seguinte páxina ou obxecto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "As entradas correspóndense en gran parte aos do <link href =\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp \" \\ name=\"Navigator \"> Navegador <link /> caixa de selección. Tamén pode seleccionar outros destinos de salto. Un exemplo son os recordatorios que poden ser definidos co <emph> Definir aviso </ emph> icona no Explorador. Pode seleccionar un obxecto de entre as seguintes opcións no <emph> Navegación </ emph> barra de ferramentas: táboa, marco de texto, gráficos, obxecto OLE, páxina, cabeceiras, recordatorio, obxecto de debuxo, campo de control, sección, marcador, selección, nota, nota, entrada de índice, fórmula de táboa, fórmula incorrecta mesa."
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre o <emph> Navegación </ emph> barra de ferramentas premendo na icona situada na barra de desprazamento vertical. Pode romper a barra de ferramentas para lonxe do lugar arrastrando e organiza-lo na pantalla."
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the \"Previous Object\" or \"Next Object\" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NAVI_VS \"> Prema na icona para o tipo de obxectos quequere percorrer. A continuación, prema en un dos \\ \"obxecto \\ Anterior\" ou \\\"Seguinte obxecto \" botóns de frecha. Os nomes destes botóns indican o tipode obxecto que seleccionou. O cursor de texto é instalado en calqueraobxecto que seleccionou. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">menus</link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the \"Navigate\" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the \"To Next/Previous Index Tag\" functions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode configurar $ [officename] de acordo coas súas preferencias específicas para navegar nun documento. Para iso, seleccione <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp \" name=\"Ferramentas - Personalizar \"> <emph> Ferramentas - Personalizar </ emph> </link>. As varias mesas de adaptación <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp \" name=\"menú \"> menús </link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200. xhp \"name=\" entrada de teclado \"> entrada de teclado </link> ou barras de ferramentas conteñen varias funcións para navegación no documento baixo o \" Navegar \"área. Desta forma, pode ir para as marcas de índice no documento co \"Para Seguinte/Anterior Índice de etiqueta \" funcións."
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3155338\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> investigación; repetindo unha busca </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Co <emph> Busca Repita </ ​​emph> icona no <emph> Navegación </ emph> barra de ferramentas que pode repetir unha investigación que comezou coa caixa de diálogo <emph> Buscar e substituír </ emph>. Para facelo, fai clic na icona. Os botóns de frecha azul sobre a barra de desprazamento vertical, agora asumir as funcións <emph> Continuar busca cara adiante </ emph> e <emph> Continuar busca cara atrás </ emph>. Se fai clic agora unha das superficies de frecha, a procura será continuado ao termo ingresaran na procura e diálogo Substituir."
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106DD\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os marcadores. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106F4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os campos de control. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1070B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os obxectos de debuxo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10722\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through text frames.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os cadros de texto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10739\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona paranavegar a través de notas de rodapé. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10750\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona paranavegar a través de gráficos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10767\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as entradas de índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1077E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os recordatorios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10795\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Define o cursor ao seguinteobxecto do tipo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107AF\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os obxectos OLE. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107C6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os títulos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107DD\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as páxinas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107F4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os comentarios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1080B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Define o cursor ao obxectoanterior do tipo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10829\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as seccións. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10840\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as seleccións. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10857\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer os resultados de busca. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1086E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as fórmulas da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10885\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as fórmulas mesa incorrecta. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1089C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Seleccione esta icona parapercorrer as mesas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"autotexttext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: EditGlossary \"> Crea,edita ou insire texto automático. Pode almacenar texto formatado, texto congráficos, táboas e campos como AutoTexto. Para inserir rapidamente textoautomático, escriba a ligazón ao texto automático no documento e prema F3.</ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode premer na frecha ao lado do texto automático </ emph> icona <emph> na <emph> Inserir </ emph> bar, e despois escoller o AutoTexto que quere inserir."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O <emph> AutoTexto </ emph> caixa de diálogo lista as categorías de texto automático e entradas."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert\">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type \"Dum\", and then press Enter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/inserir \"> Mostra unhasuxestión para completar a palabra como unha Consello de axuda logo escribiras tres primeiras letras dunha palabra que corresponda a unha entrada detexto automático. Para aceptar a suxestión, prema en Intro. Se máis de unhaentrada de texto automático corresponde ás letras que escribe, prema Ctrl +Tab para avanzar polas entradas. </ahelp> Por exemplo, para inserir textode ficción, escriba \\ \"Dun \" e prema Intro."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para ver a lista en orde inversa, prema <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Maiús + Tab ."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name\">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/nome \"> Lista o nome daentrada de AutoTexto seleccionada no momento. Se ten seleccionado o texto dodocumento, escriba o nome da nova entrada de AutoTexto, prema no botón<emph> AutoTexto </ emph> botón e seleccione <emph> Nova </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname\">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/nome abreviado \"> Mostrao atallo para a entrada de AutoTexto seleccionada. Se está creando unhanova entrada de texto automático, escriba a ligazón que quere empregar paraa entrada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Presenta as categorías de texto automático. Para ver as entradas de texto automático nunha categoría, prema dúas veces na categoría ou prema no signo máis (+) diante da categoría. Para inserir unha entrada de AutoTexto no documento actual, seleccione a entrada da lista e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext\">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext \"> Prema paramostrar comandos adicionais de texto automático, por exemplo, para crearunha nova entrada de texto automático a partir dunha selección de texto nodocumento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new\">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/novo \"> Crea unha novaentrada de texto automático a partir da selección feita no documento actual.A entrada engádese á categoría de AutoTexto seleccionada no momento. Enprimeiro lugar, ten que escribir un nome antes de ver este comando. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext\">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newText \"> Crea unhanova entrada de texto automático só a partir do texto na selección que fixono documento actual. Gráficos, táboas e outros obxectos non están incluídos.En primeiro lugar, ten que escribir un nome antes de ver este comando. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "74\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy\">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copia \"> Copia o textoautomático seleccionado para portapapeis. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace\">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/substituír \"> Substitúeo contido da entrada de AutoTexto seleccionada coa selección que se fixo nodocumento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Abre a caixa de diálogoRenomear texto automático, onde podes cambiar o nome da entrada de AutoTextoseleccionada. </ahelp> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp \\ \"name=\" Cambiar nome Bloque de Texto \\ \"> Renomeartexto automático </link>, na cal pode alterar o nome da entrada deAutoTexto seleccionada."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit\">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/editar \"> Abre a entradade AutoTexto seleccionada para edición nun documento separado. Fai oscambios desexadas, escolla <emph> Ficheiro - Gardar texto automático </emph> e escolla <emph> Ficheiro -. Pechar </ emph> </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Abre a caixa de diálogoAsignar Macro, onde achegar unha macro á entrada de AutoTexto seleccionada.</ahelp> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp \\ \"name= \" Asignar \\ Macro \"> Asignar Macro </link>, na cal se achegar unha macroá entrada de AutoTexto seleccionada."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "78\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import\">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import \"> Abre undiálogo onde pode seleccionar o MS 97/2000/XP de Word documento ou modelo,que contén as entradas de texto automático que desexa importar. </ ahelp >"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/AutoTexto/categorías \"> Engade,renomear ou exclúe as categorías de texto automático. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "55\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog \"> Engade, renomear ou exclúe as categorías de textoautomático. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name\">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/nome \"> Mostra onome da categoría de AutoTexto seleccionada. Para cambiar o nome dacategoría, introduza un novo nome e prema en <emph> Renomear </ emph>. Paracrear unha nova categoría, escriba un nome e prema en <emph> Nova </ emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "80\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb\">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb \"> Mostra ocamiño actual ao directorio onde os arquivos da categoría de textoautomático seleccionados son almacenados. Se está creando unha categoría detexto automático, seleccione onde quere almacenar os arquivos da categoría.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new\">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/novo \"> Crea unhanova categoría de texto automático usando o nome que inseriu no <emph> Nome</ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "68\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename\">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/renomear \"> Cambiao nome da categoría de AutoTexto seleccionado para o nome que entra na<emph> Nome </ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "58\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group\">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/grupo \"> Lista ascategorías de texto automático existentes e os camiños correspondentes. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Edit Paths\">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Abre a caixa de diálogo EditarCamiños, onde pode seleccionar o directorio para almacenar textoautomático. </ahelp> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text// Optionen compartida/01010301.xhp \\ \"name=\" Editar Paths \\ \"> Editar camiños </link> dediálogo, onde pode seleccionar o directorio para almacenar texto automático."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para engadir un novo camiño para un directorio de texto automático, prema no botón <emph> Camiño botón <emph /> na caixa de diálogo <emph> AutoTexto </ emph>."
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "48\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile\">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile \"> As ligazónsaos directorios de texto automático no seu ordenador son relativos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "50\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet\">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet \"> As ligazóns aficheiros en Internet son relativos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname\" visibility=\"visible\">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Mostra o nome actual do elemento de textoautomático seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname\" visibility=\"visible\">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newName \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o novo nome para o compoñente de textoautomático seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc\" visibility=\"visible\">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Atribúe un atallo á entrada de AutoTextoseleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"litvz \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: AuthoritiesEntryDialog \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Edita a entrada bibliografía seleccionada </ahelp> </ variable>."
 
 #: 02130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplícase o cambio que fixo, e logo pecha a caixa de diálogo <emph> Editar entrada Bibliografia </ emph>."
 
 #: 02130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp \" name=\"Definir entrada Bibliográfica \"> Definir Bibliografia Entrada </link>, na cal pode crear unha nova entrada."
 
 #: 02130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where  you can edit the current entry."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp \" name=\"Definir entrada Bibliográfica \"> Definir Bibliografia Entrada </link>, na cal pode editar a entrada actual."
 
 #: 02130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/indices_literature.xhp \" name=\"Consellos para traballar con entradas bibliográficas \"> Consellos para traballar con entradas bibliográficas </link>."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"feldbefehltext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: FieldDialog \"> Abreun diálogo onde pode editar as propiedades dun campo. Prema diante duncampo, e logo escolla este comando. </ahelp> Na caixa de diálogo, pode usaras teclas de frechas para mover ao anterior ou ao seguinte campo. </Variable>"
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Fields</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar a vista entre os nomes de campo eo contido dos campos ao seu documento, escolla <emph> Vista - Campos </ emph>."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2580,7 +2580,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "59\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you select a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields, </emph>the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se selecciona un <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # dde \" name=\"DDE \"> DDE <link /> ligazón no seu documento e escolla <emph> Editar - Campos , </ emph> <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp \" name=\"Editar ligazóns \"> <emph> Editar ligazóns </ emph> </link> de diálogo ábrese."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2589,7 +2589,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "60\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you click in front of a \"sender\" type field, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se fai clic diante dun\"remitente \" tipo de campo \\ e escolla <emph> Editar - Campos </ emph>, o <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01010100.xhp \" name=\"datos \\ User\"> <emph> Datos do usuario </ emph> </link> de diálogo ábrese."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat \">Seleccione o formato para o contido do campo. Para a data, hora e camposdefinidos polo usuario, tamén se pode facer clic en \\ \"Formatos adicionais \"na lista e, a continuación, seleccione un formato diferente. </ahelp> Osformatos que están dispoñibles dependen do tipo de campo que é edición."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for \"Next Page,\" \"Page Numbers\" or \"Previous Page\". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mostra o desprazamento para o tipo de campo seleccionado, por exemplo, para \"Seguinte, \" \"\" números de páxina ou \"Páxina anterior \". Pode escribir un novo valor de offset que será engadido ao número da páxina aparecerá."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5081637\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se queres cambiar o número da páxina actual e non o número presentado, non empregue o <emph> Desprazamento </ emph> valor. Para cambiar números de páxina, le o <link href=\"text/swriter/guía/pagenumbers.xhp \" name=\"números de páxina \"> <emph> Números de páxina </ emph> </link> guía."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mostra a condición que debe ser cumprida para o campo para ser activado. Se quere, pode escribir un novo <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp \" name=\"condición \"> condición </link>."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV \"> Pasa ao campo anterior do mesmo tipono documento. </ahelp> Este botón só está activo cando un documento conténmáis dun campo do mesmo tipo."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT \"> Pasa ao seguinte campo do mesmo tipono documento. </ahelp> Este botón só está activo cando un documento conténmáis dun campo do mesmo tipo."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"fusstext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: EditFootnote \"> Edita anota ao pé de páxina Referencia seleccionada. Prema diante da nota ao pé depáxina, e logo escolla este comando. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar o formato dunha nota ao pé de páxina ou áncora de texto, seleccióneo e prema <emph> Formato - Carácter </ emph>. Pode premer <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Command + T </ caseinline> <defaultinline> F11 </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> para abrir <emph> Estilos e Formato </ emph> fiestra e modificar a nota ao pé de páxina ou estilo de parágrafo da nota final."
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3134,7 +3134,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev\">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev \"> Move anota ao pé de páxina anterior Referencia no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next\">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/seguinte \"> Moverá seguinte nota ao pé de páxina Referencia no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3221,7 +3221,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichniseintragtext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno:IndexEntryDialog \"> Edita a entrada de índice seleccionado. Prema diante ouna entrada de índice, e logo escolla este comando. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir unha entrada de índice, seleccione unha palabra no documento e, a continuación, escolla <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp \" \\ name=\"Inserir - Índices e táboas - Entrada \"> <emph> Inserir - Índices e táboas - Entrada </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/typecb \"> Presenta otipo de índice que a entrada seleccionada pertence. </ahelp> Non podecambiar o tipo de índice dunha entrada de índice neste diálogo. Pola contra,ten que eliminar a entrada de índice do documento e, a continuación,introduza o novo nun tipo de índice diferente."
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3284,7 +3284,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as \"Basics, see also General\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/entryed \"> Edita aentrada de índice se é necesario. Cando modifica a entrada de índice, o novotexto só aparece no índice e non na áncora entrada de índice no documento.</ahelp> Por exemplo, pode introducir un índice con comentarios como \\\"Basics, ver tamén Xeral \"."
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3302,7 +3302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/key1cb \"> Para crearun índice de varios niveis, introduza o nome do primeiro de índice de nivel,ou seleccione un nome da lista. A entrada de índice actual engádese acontinuación deste nome. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/key2cb \"> Introduza onome da entrada do segundo índice de nivel, ou seleccione un nome da lista.A entrada de índice actual engádese a continuación deste nome. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf\">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/levelnf \"> Cambia onivel de esbozo dunha táboa de entrada de contido. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete\">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/borrar \"> Exclúe aentrada seleccionada dende o índice. A entrada de texto no documento non éeliminado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "End arrow to left"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acabar coa frecha á esquerda"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first\">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/primeira \"> Salta áprimeira entrada de índice do mesmo tipo no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3391,7 +3391,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "End arrow to left"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acabar coa frecha á esquerda"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "End arrow to right"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Frecha cara á dereita End"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last\">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/última \"> Vai á últimaentrada de índice do mesmo tipo no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "End arrow to right"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Frecha cara á dereita End"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous\">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/\\ anterior\"> Salta áentrada de índice anterior do mesmo tipo no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3479,7 +3479,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next\">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/seguinte \"> Vai áseguinte entrada de índice do mesmo tipo no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\">Navigation Bar</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode ir rapidamente para as entradas de índice co <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp \" name=\"Navigation Bar \"> Barra de Navegación </link>."
 
 #: 02170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3531,7 +3531,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"bereichetext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: EditRegion \">. Cambiaas propiedades seccións definidas no documento </ahelp> Para inserir unhasección, seleccione o texto ou prema no documento, a continuación, escolla<emph> Inserir -. Sección </ emph> </ variable>"
 
 #: 02170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3540,7 +3540,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O Editar seccións </ emph> diálogo <emph> é semellante ao <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp \" name=\"Inserir - Sección \"> <emph> Inserir - Sección </ emph> </link> diálogo, e ofrece as seguintes opcións adicionais:"
 
 #: 02170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3558,7 +3558,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/árbore \">Introduza o nome da sección que desexa editar ou prema nun nome na <emph>Sección </ emph> lista. </ahelp> Se o cursor está actualmente nunhasección, o nome da sección aparece na parte dereita da barra de estado naparte inferior da ventá do documento."
 
 #: 02170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3585,7 +3585,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/árbore \"> Abrea <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp \" name=\\ \"Opcións \"><emph> Opcións </emph> </link>, na cal pode editar o comportamentoesquema de columna, fondo, nota ao pé de páxina e nota de fin da secciónseleccionada. </ahelp> Se a sección está protexido por contrasinal, ten queescribir o contrasinal primeiro."
 
 #: 02170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove\">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/eliminar \">Elimina a sección seleccionada do documento e insire o contido da sección nodocumento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 03050000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3629,7 +3629,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</ahelp> To show the vertical ruler, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> check box in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: Régua \">. Mostra ou oculta a regra horizontal, quepode usar para axustar as marxes da páxina, tabulacións, recuos, bordos,células da táboa, e para organizar os obxectos na páxina </ ahelp > Paramostrar a regra vertical, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\\ \"sys \"><caseinline select=\\ \"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline><defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </switchinline> -<link href=\\ \"text// Optionen compartida/01040200.xhp \" name=\\\"Escritor - Ver \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Ver </link> </ emph>, e logoseleccione o < </ emph> caixa de verificación na emph> Régua </ emph> área<emph> Regra vertical."
 
 #: 03050000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3637,7 +3637,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1061A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guía/ruler.xhp # gobernante \" />"
 
 #: 03070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: ViewBounds \"> Mostra ou oculta os límites da área deimpresión dunha páxina. As liñas de fronteira non son impresos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 03080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: Marcas \">. Mostra ou oculta matices de campo nodocumento, incluíndo os non-batendo espazos, guións personalizados, índicese notas ao pé de páxina </ahelp>"
 
 #: 03080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters On/Off\">Nonprinting Characters On/Off</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp \" name=\"caracteres non imprimibles On/Off \"> Caracteres non imprimibles On/Off </link>"
 
 #: 03090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3724,7 +3724,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">Switches the field display between field names and field contents.</ahelp> A check mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no check mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: FieldNames \"> Cambia a visualización de campo entreos nomes de campo eo contido dos campos </ahelp> Unha marca de selecciónindica que os nomes dos campos aparecen, e ningunha marca de verificaciónindica que o campo contidos aparecen .. Algúns contidos do campo non se podeamosar."
 
 #: 03090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3733,7 +3733,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the<emph> Field codes </emph>checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar a vista de campo estándar para nomes de campo en vez do contido do campo, seleccione <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> -% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Ver </ emph> e seleccione Códigos de campo </ emph> checkbox <emph> na <emph> Pantalla </ emph> área."
 
 #: 03090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3742,7 +3742,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "When you print a document with <emph>View - Field Names</emph> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ao imprimir un documento con <emph> Ver - Nomes de campo </ emph> activado, será solicitado para incluír os nomes dos campos na impresión."
 
 #: 03090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3777,7 +3777,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: ControlCodes \">. Mostra caracteres non imprimibles dotexto, como marcas de parágrafo, quebras de liña, paradas de tabulación, eespazos </ahelp>"
 
 #: 03100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3795,7 +3795,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To specify which nonprinting characters are displayed, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para especificar que caracteres non imprimibles aparecen, seleccione <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01040600.xhp \" name=\"Writer - Recursos de formatado \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </link> </ emph>, e logo seleccionar as opcións desexadas na <emph> Exhibición de </ emph> área."
 
 #: 03120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3821,7 +3821,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\">Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: BrowseView \">. Mostra o documento como visto en unnavegador web </ahelp> Isto é útil cando crear documentos HTML."
 
 #: 03130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3847,7 +3847,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: PrintLayout \"> Mostra como o documento vai mirarcando imprimir lo </ahelp>."
 
 #: 03140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3873,7 +3873,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: ShowHiddenParagraphs \"> Mostra ou oculta parágrafosocultos </ahelp> Esta opción só afecta a visualización de pantalla deparágrafos ocultos, e non a impresión de parágrafos ocultos."
 
 #: 03140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3882,7 +3882,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To enable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display of</emph> area is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para activar este recurso, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline > - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01040600.xhp \" name=\"Writer - Recursos de formatado \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </link> </ emph>, e garantir que o < emph caixa de verificación> parágrafos ocultos </ emph> na <emph> Exhibición de </ emph> área é seleccionada."
 
 #: 03140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3891,7 +3891,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"field command\">field command</link> \"Hidden Paragraph\" to assign a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Use o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp \" name=\"campo de ordes \"> orde de campo </link> \"hidden Parágrafo \" para asignar un <link href=\"text /swriter/01/04090200.xhp \"name=\" condición \"> condición </link> que debe ser cumprida para ocultar un parágrafo. Se a condición non se responde, amósase o parágrafo."
 
 #: 03140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3926,7 +3926,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"umbruch \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertBreak \"> Insire unhaquebra manual de liña, salto de columna ou unha quebra de páxina na posiciónactual do cursor </ahelp> </ variable>."
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3962,7 +3962,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/linerb\">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/InsertBreak/linerb \"> Final aliña actual e move o texto atopado á dereita do cursor para a liña seguinte,sen crear un novo parágrafo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3989,7 +3989,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb\">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/InsertBreak/columnrb \"> Insireunha quebra de columna manual (nun deseño de columna múltiple), e move otexto atopado á dereita do cursor para o inicio da próxima <link href=\\\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp \" name=\\ \"columna \"> columna </link>.Un salto de columna manual indícase por un borde non imprimible na partesuperior da nova columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4007,7 +4007,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb\">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/InsertBreak/pagerb \"> Insire unhaquebra de páxina manual e move o texto atopado á dereita do cursor para oinicio da páxina seguinte. A quebra de páxina inserida sinalarase un bordenon imprimible na parte superior da nova páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4016,7 +4016,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode inserir unha quebra de páxina premendo <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Intro. Con todo, se quere atribuír á páxina seguinte un estilo de páxina diferente, pode usar o comando de menú para inserir a quebra de páxina manual."
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4034,7 +4034,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb\">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/InsertBreak/stylelb \"> Seleccioneo estilo de páxina á páxina que segue a quebra de páxina manual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4052,7 +4052,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumcb\">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/InsertBreak/pagenumcb \"> Atribúeo número de páxina que se especifica para a páxina que segue a quebra depáxina manual. Esta opción só está dispoñible se asignar un estilo de páxinadiferente á páxina que segue quebra de páxina manual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4070,7 +4070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb\">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/InsertBreak/pagenumsb \">Introduza o novo número de páxina á páxina que segue a quebra de páxinamanual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4079,7 +4079,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To display manual breaks, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"View - Nonprinting Characters\"><emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para ver quebras manuais, escolla <link href =\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp \" \\ name=\"Ver - carácteres non imprimibles \"> <emph> Ver - carácteres non imprimibles </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4105,7 +4105,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"bereich \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION \">Insire unha sección de texto na posición do cursor no documento. Tamén podeseleccionar un bloque de texto e, a continuación, escoller este comando paracrear unha sección. Podes usar seccións para inserir bloques de textodoutros documentos, para aplicar esquemas de columnas individuais ou paraprotexer ou ocultar bloques de texto, a condición de ser satisfeita. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4114,7 +4114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode introducir un documento completo nunha sección ou unha sección chamada doutro. Tamén pode inserir unha sección como un <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # dde \" name=\"DDE \"> <link /> ligazón DDE."
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4123,7 +4123,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To edit a section, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para editar unha sección, seleccione <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Seccións \"> <emph> Formato - Seccións </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4132,7 +4132,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O cadro de diálogo <emph> Inserir Sección </ emph>, as guías:"
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4166,7 +4166,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id5941038\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting sections by DDE</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; command for inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> seccións; inserción de seccións por DDE </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> DDE; comando para inserir seccións </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4202,7 +4202,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionnames\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionnames \">Introduza un nome para a nova sección. </ahelp> Por defecto, $ [officename]atribúe automaticamente o nome \\ \"Sección X \" para novas seccións , en queX é un número consecutivo."
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link \"> Insire ocontido doutro documento ou sección dun outro documento na sección actual.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4247,7 +4247,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde\">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde \"> Creaunha conexión <emph> DDE <emph />. Marque esta caixa de verificación e, acontinuación, escriba o <emph> DDE comando </ emph> que desexa usar. O<emph> DDE </ emph> opción só está dispoñible se o <emph> Ligazón </ emph>caixa de verificación está marcada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4265,7 +4265,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "For example, to insert a section named \"Section1\" from a $[officename] text document abc.sxw as a DDE link, use the command: \"soffice x:\\abc.sxw Section1\". To insert the contents of the first cell from a MS Excel spreadsheet file called \"abc.xls\", use the command: \"excel x:\\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1\". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Por exemplo, para inserir unha sección chamada \"Sección 1 \" dun [officename] documento de texto $ abc.sxw como unha ligazón DDE, use o comando: \"soffice x: \\ abc.sxw Sección 1 \". Para inserir o contido da primeira cela a partir dun ficheiro de folla de cálculo MS Excel chamado \"Abc.xls \", use o comando: \"Excel x: \\ [Abc.xls] Sheet1 z1s1 \". Tamén pode copiar os elementos que desexa inserir como ligazón DDE, e despois <emph> Editar - Pegar Especial </ emph>. Pode, entón, ver o comando DDE para o enlace, escollendo os contidos e escoller <emph> Editar - Campos </ emph>."
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4274,7 +4274,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "File name<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> / DDE command </caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nome do ficheiro<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> /Orde DDE </caseinline></switchinline>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4283,7 +4283,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename\">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. </caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename \">Introduza o camiño eo nome do ficheiro para o ficheiro que quere inserir ouprema no botón Buscar (<emph> ... </ emph>) para localizar o ficheiro. </ahelp> <switchinline select=\\ \"sys \"> <caseinline select=\\ \"WIN \"> Se acaixa <emph> DDE </ emph> está seleccionado, escriba o comando DDE que quereusar. </ Caseinline> </ switchinline>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4301,7 +4301,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/file\">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/ficheiro \">Localice o ficheiro que quere inserir como ligazón e prema en <emph> Inserir</ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/section\">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/sección \">Seleccione a sección no arquivo que quere inserir como ligazón. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4355,7 +4355,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/protect\">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/protexer \">Impide a sección seleccionada de ser editado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4373,7 +4373,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "45\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/withpassword\">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/withpassword \">Protexe a sección seleccionada cun contrasinal. O contrasinal debe ter comomínimo 5 caracteres. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4391,7 +4391,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "47\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/password\">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/contrasinal \">Abre un diálogo onde pode cambiar o contrasinal actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4418,7 +4418,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide\">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip \"hidden\" is displayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide \"> Ocultae impide a sección seleccionada sexa impresa. </ahelp> Os compoñentes dunseccións ocultas aparecen en gris no navegador. Cando posiciona o apuntadordo rato sobre un compoñente oculto no Navegador, a información Axuda \\\"oculto \" aparece."
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4445,7 +4445,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/condition\">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"logical expression\">logical expression</link>, such as \"SALUTATION EQ Mr.\". For example, if you use the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"mail merge\">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called \"Salutation\" that contains \"Mr.\", \"Ms.\", or \"Sir or Madam\", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is \"Mr.\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/condición \">Introduza a condición que debe ser cumprida para ocultar a sección. </ahelp> A condición é un <link href = text \\ \"/ swriter/01/04090200.xhp \\\"name=\" lóxico expresión \\ \"> expresión lóxica </link>, como \" saúdo EQSr. \\ \". Por exemplo, se usa o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/guía/form_letters_main.xhp \" name=\\ \"mala directa \"> mala directa </ ​​link>característica forma de carta para definir un campo de base de datos chamado\\ \" Saúdo \\ \"que contén \" Sr \\ \", \" Ms \\ \"ou \" Señor ou Señora \\ \", entónpodes especificar que unha sección só será impreso se o saúdo é \" Sr\".\\"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4504,7 +4504,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Syntax for conditions\">Syntax for conditions</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp \" name=\"Sintaxe para condicións \"> Sintaxe para condicións </link>"
 
 #: 04020200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4548,7 +4548,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/antes \"> Especifica osguións antes de sección, na marxe esquerda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4566,7 +4566,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/despois de \">Especifica os guións tras a sección, na marxe dereita. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4601,7 +4601,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"fussnoteein \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertFootnote \">Insire unha nota ao pé de páxina ou nota ao pé de páxina no documento. Areferencia para a nota ponse na posición actual do cursor. </ahelp> Podeescoller entre numeración automática ou un símbolo personalizado. </Variable>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4610,7 +4610,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"endnoten\">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"endnoten \"> O seguinte aplícase a ambas as notas ao pé depáxina e notas de fin. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4619,7 +4619,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"endnotetext\">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\"endnotetext \"> Notas ao pé de páxina son inseridas no fin dunha páxina, e as notas finais son inseridas no fin dun documento. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4655,7 +4655,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic\">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"bearbeitenautomatisch \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/\\ automática\"> atribúe automaticamente númerosconsecutivos ás notas ao pé de páxina ou notas de fin que inserir. </ahelp>Para cambiar os axustes para numeración automática, escolla <link href=\\\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp \" name=\\ \"Ferramentas - Notas ao pé depáxina \"> <emph> Ferramentas - Notas ao pé de páxina/Notas de fin </emph> </link>. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4673,7 +4673,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry\">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter or number. To assign a special character, click the button at the bottom. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"bearbeitenzeichen \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry \"> Seleccione esta opción para definir uncarácter ou símbolo para a nota actual. </ahelp> Isto pode ser unha letraou número. Para asignar un carácter especial, prema no botón ao final. </Variable>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter\">Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"bearbeitensonderzeichen \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter \"> Insire un <link href=\\ \"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp \" name=\\ \"carácter especial \"> carácterespecial </link> como unha nota ao pé de páxina Referencia. </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4727,7 +4727,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote\">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/nota \"> Insireunha áncora de nota na posición actual do cursor no documento, e engade unhanota ao pé de páxina para a parte inferior da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote\">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/nota final \">Insire unha áncora nota final na posición actual do cursor no documento eengade unha nota de fin ao final do documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4754,7 +4754,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with footnotes\">Tips for working with footnotes</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/footnote_usage.xhp \" name=\"Consellos para traballar con notas ao pé de páxina \"> Consellos para traballar con notas ao pé de páxina </link>."
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4770,7 +4770,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id4974211\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks;inserting</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> marcadores; inserindo </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4788,7 +4788,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"textmarkeein \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertBookmark \">Insire un marcador na posición do cursor. Pode entón usar o Navegador parair rapidamente ao lugar marcado nun momento posterior. </ahelp> Nundocumento HTML, os marcadores convértense en áncoras que pode ir desde unhahiperligazón. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4797,7 +4797,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para ir a un marcador específico, prema F5 para abrir o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp \" name=\"Navigator \"> Navegador </link>, prema no signo máis (+) próximo ao Bookmark </ emph> entrada <emph> e, a continuación, prema dúas veces no marcador."
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4806,7 +4806,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"></caseinline><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Tamén pode botón dereito do rato o <emph> Número de páxina </ emph> campo no extremo esquerda da <emph> Estado Bar </ emph> na parte inferior da ventá do documento e, a continuación, seleccione o indicador que quere ir. </ defaultinline> </ switchinline>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4824,7 +4824,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks\">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/marcadores \">Introduza o nome do marcador que desexa crear. A lista de abaixo conténtodos os indicadores no documento actual. Para eliminar un marcador,seleccióneo na lista e prema en <emph> Eliminar </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4833,7 +4833,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Non se poden utilizar os seguintes caracteres no nome dun marcador: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4851,7 +4851,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete\">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Botón <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/borrar \">Para eliminar un favorito, seleccione o marcador de diálogo <emph> Inserirmarcador </ emph> e prema no botón <emph> Eliminar </ emph> . No diálogo deconfirmación ha seguir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4877,7 +4877,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/InsertCaptionDialog\">Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"beschrifttext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/InsertCaptionDialog \"> Engade unha lenda numerada para ungráfico seleccionado, mesa, marco, marco de texto ou obxecto de debuxo. </ahelp> Tamén pode acceder a este comando premendo co elemento que quereengadir a lenda. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4913,7 +4913,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category\">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the \"Illustration\" caption category is formatted with the \"Illustration\" paragraph style."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/categoría \">Seleccione a categoría de lenda, ou escriba un nome para crear unha novacategoría. O texto categoría aparece antes do número da lenda na etiqueta dalenda. Cada categoría de lenda predeterminada é formatado cun estilo deparágrafo do mesmo nome. </ahelp> Por exemplo, o \\ \"Ilustración \" categoríalenda é formatada co \"Ilustración \" estilo de parágrafo \\."
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4931,7 +4931,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering\">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numeración \">Seleccione o tipo de numeración que desexa utilizar na lenda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4949,7 +4949,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit\">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit\"> Introduza o texto que queres que apareza despois do número da lenda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4965,7 +4965,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10690\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza os caracteres de texto opcionais paraaparecer entre o número eo texto da lenda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4983,7 +4983,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position\">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/posición \"> Engadea lenda enriba ou debaixo do elemento seleccionado. Esta opción só estádispoñible para algúns obxectos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1074A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o diálogo de formación. Ten a mesma informaciónque o diálogo que comeza polo menú% PRODUCTNAME Writer -. AutoLegenda nodiálogo Opcións </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5034,7 +5034,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options\">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"optionentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"módulos de opcións/swriter/ui/insertcaption/\"> Engade o número do capítulo co rótulo deformación. Para usar este recurso, ten que primeiro asignar un <link href =\\ \"text/swriter/guía/chapter_numbering.xhp \" name=\\ \"esbozo nivel \">nivel de esquema </link> a un estilo de parágrafo e, a continuación,aplicar o estilo aos títulos dos capítulos do documento. </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 04060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5070,7 +5070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level\">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/nivel \">Seleccione o número de niveis de destaque dende o principio da xerarquíacapítulo abaixo para incluír na etiqueta da lenda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5088,7 +5088,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator\">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separador \">Introduza o carácter que desexa inserir entre o número do capítulo eo númerode lenda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow\">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow\">Engade un bordo ou sombra ao marco da lenda.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\"hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow\">Engade un bordo ousombra ao marco da lenda.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5146,7 +5146,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id7094027\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;envelopes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>letters;inserting envelopes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>envelopes</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> inserción; sobres </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> letras; inserción de sobres </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> sobres </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5164,7 +5164,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"briefum \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertEnvelope \"> Crea unsobre </ahelp> En tres páxinas de guía, pode especificar o destinatario eoremitente, a posición eo formato para ambos. enderezos, o tamaño do sobre,ea orientación do sobre. </ variable>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5182,7 +5182,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT \"> Crea un novo documento e insire osobre. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5200,7 +5200,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REDLINE_OPT\">Define a aparencia dos cambios realizados no documento.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REDLINE_OPT\">Define a aparencia dos cambios realizados nodocumento.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5208,7 +5208,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "hd_id8208563\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To delete an envelope from a document"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar un sobre dun documento"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5216,7 +5216,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id396130\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Click into the envelope page to make it the current page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prema na páxina de sobre para facela a páxina actual."
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5224,7 +5224,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7174596\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Right-click the field on the status line that shows \"Envelope\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dereito do rato no campo na liña de estado que mostra \"\\ Sobre\"."
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5232,7 +5232,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7657704\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "A submenu opens showing some page styles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un submenú ábrese amosando algúns estilos de páxina."
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5240,7 +5240,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5187536\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose the \"Default\" page style from the submenu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla a \"Default \" estilo de páxina dende o submenú."
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5248,7 +5248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id6952726\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "This removes the special \"Envelope\" page formatting."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isto elimina o\"Sobre \" formato de páxina especial \\."
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5256,7 +5256,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id1777092\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Eliminar os cadros para o emisor eo receptor. Prema no bordo de cada cadro e prema a tecla Supr."
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5282,7 +5282,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza a entrega e enderezos de retorno parao sobre. Tamén pode inserir campos de enderezo desde unha base de datos, porexemplo, a partir da base de datos de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5300,7 +5300,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply  formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o enderezo de entrega. </ahelp> Taménpode premer no cadro e seleccione unha base de datos, unha táboa, e decampo, e logo prema no botón de frecha para inserir o campo no enderezo. Sequere, pode aplicar formato, como negra e subliñado, ao texto do enderezo."
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5318,7 +5318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return  address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp visibilidade=\\ \"\\ visible\" hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit \"> Inclúe un enderezo de retorno no sobre.Seleccione <emph> Sender </ emph> caixa de verificación e, a continuación,escriba o enderezo de retorno. </ahelp> $ [officename] insireautomaticamente os seus datos de usuario en <emph> Sender </ emph> caixa,pero tamén pode entrar os datos que quere."
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5336,7 +5336,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/base de datos \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Seleccione a base de datos que contén os datosde enderezos que desexa inserir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5354,7 +5354,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table \" visibility= \\ \"\\ visible\"> Seleccione a táboa de base de datos que contén os datos deenderezos que desexa inserir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5372,7 +5372,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/inserir \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Seleccione o campo de base de datos que conténos datos de enderezo que desexa inserir e, a continuación, prema no botón defrecha cara á esquerda. Os datos engádense á caixa do enderezo que contén ocursor. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5398,7 +5398,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage \">Especifica o deseño ea dimensión do sobre. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5452,7 +5452,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr \"> Insirea cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre o bordo esquerda do sobre eocampo de destinatario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5470,7 +5470,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr \"> Insire acantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre o bordo superior do sobre eocampo de destinatario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit \"> Prema eescolla o estilo de formato de texto para o campo de destinatario que quereeditar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5578,7 +5578,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender \">Insire a cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre o bordo esquerda dosobre eo campo remitente. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5596,7 +5596,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender \"> Insirea cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre o bordo superior do sobre eocampo remitente. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5614,7 +5614,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit \"> Premae escolla o estilo de formato de texto para o campo do remitente que desexeeditar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5686,7 +5686,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/formato \">Seleccione o tamaño do sobre que quere, ou seleccione \\ \"Definido polousuario \", e, a continuación, escriba o ancho ea altura do tamañopersonalizado. </ ahelp >"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5704,7 +5704,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "39\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/ancho \"> Introduzaa largura do sobre. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5722,7 +5722,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "41\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/altura \"> Introduzaa altura do sobre. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5748,7 +5748,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage \">Define as opcións de impresión para o sobre. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5775,7 +5775,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft \">Alimenta o sobre horizontal a partir do borde esquerda da bandexa daimpresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5793,7 +5793,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter \">Alimenta o sobre na horizontal do centro da bandexa da impresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5811,7 +5811,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright \">Alimenta o sobre horizontal a partir do borde dereita da bandexa daimpresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5829,7 +5829,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft \">Alimenta o sobre vertical a partir do borde esquerda da bandexa daimpresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5847,7 +5847,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter \">Alimenta o sobre vertical desde o centro da bandexa da impresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5865,7 +5865,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright \">Alimenta o sobre vertical a partir do borde dereita da bandexa da impresora.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5883,7 +5883,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top \"> Alimenta osobre co lado de impresión superior na bandexa da impresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5901,7 +5901,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/fondo \"> Alimentao sobre co lado de impresión para abaixo na bandexa da impresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5919,7 +5919,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/dereita \">Introduza o valor para desprazarse a área de impresión para a dereita. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5937,7 +5937,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down \"> Introduzao valor para desprazarse a área de impresión para abaixo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5973,7 +5973,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup \"> Abre odiálogo de configuración de impresión onde pode definir a configuración daimpresora adicionais, como o formato de papel ea orientación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5999,7 +5999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"feldbefehltext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertField \">Insire un campo na posición actual do cursor </ahelp> As listas de diálogotodos os campos dispoñibles .. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6017,7 +6017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "179\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_FIELD_INSERT \"> Insire o campo seleccionado na posiciónactual do cursor no documento. Para pechar a caixa de diálogo, prema nobotón <emph> Pechar </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6060,7 +6060,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Á exportación HTML e importación de campos de data e hora, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp # datumuhrzeit \" name=\"$ [officename] formatos especiais \"> especiais $ [officename] formatos </link> se usan."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6078,7 +6078,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/tipo \"> Lista ostipos de campos dispoñibles. Para engadir un campo ao documento, prema nuntipo de campo, prema no campo na <emph> Seleccionar </ emph> lista e premaen <emph> Inserir </ emph> </ahelp> Os campos están dispoñibles .:"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6114,7 +6114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the name of the current user."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o nome do usuario actual."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6150,7 +6150,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> field, press F9."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire a data actual. Pode inserir a data como un campo fixo - <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Data (fixa) </ item> - que non muda, ou como un campo dinámico - <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Data </ ​​item> - que se actualiza automaticamente. Para actualizar manualmente o <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Data </ ​​item> campo, prema F9."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6204,7 +6204,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - User Data\">$[officename] - User Data</link></emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire campos que conteñen datos do usuario. Pode cambiar os datos dos usuarios que se mostra, escollendo <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </defaultinline> </ switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01010100.xhp \" name=\"$ [officename] - Datos do usuario \"> $ [officename] - Datos do usuario </link> </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6222,7 +6222,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insercións documentar estatísticas, como páxinas e palabras contan, como un campo. Para ver as estatísticas dun documento, escolla <emph> Ficheiro - Propiedades </ emph>, e logo prema o Statistics </ emph> guía <emph>."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6240,7 +6240,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o nome do ficheiro, o camiño ou o nome do ficheiro sen a extensión do modelo actual ficheiro. Tamén pode introducir os nomes do \"Categoría \" e os \"estilo \" formatos utilizados no modelo actual."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6258,7 +6258,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Time (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> field, press F9."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire a hora actual. Pode introducir o tempo como un campo fixo - <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Equipo (fixo) </ item> - que non muda, ou como un campo dinámico - <item type=\"\\ literal\"> tempo </ item> - que se actualiza automaticamente. Para actualizar manualmente o <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Tempo </ item> campo, prema F9."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6267,7 +6267,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Os campos a continuación só pode ser inserido o tipo de campo correspondente está seleccionado no tipo </ emph> lista <emph>."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6285,7 +6285,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select \"> Listaos campos dispoñibles para o tipo de campo seleccionado no tipo </ emph>lista <emph>. Para inserir un campo, prema no campo e prema en <emph>Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6294,7 +6294,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir rapidamente un campo da lista, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e dobre -clique campo."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6375,7 +6375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Format</emph>, click the numbering format that you want to use."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Formato </ emph>, prema no formato de numeración que desexa utilizar."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6384,7 +6384,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "39\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se quere, pode introducir un <emph> Desprazamento </ emph> para o número de páxina aparecerá. Cun <emph> </ emph> valor de Desprazamento de 1, o campo amosa un número que é máis un do que o número da páxina actual, pero só se unha páxina con ese número existe. Na última páxina do documento, este mesmo campo estará baleiro."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6402,7 +6402,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/valor \">Introduza o valor de desprazamento que quere aplicar a un campo de número depáxina, por exemplo \\ \"+ 1 \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6411,7 +6411,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "54\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se queres cambiar o número da páxina actual e non o número presentado, non empregue o <emph> Desprazamento </ emph> valor. Para cambiar números de páxina, le o <link href=\"text/swriter/guía/pagenumbers.xhp \" name=\"números de páxina \"> <emph> Números de páxina </ emph> </link> guía."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6429,7 +6429,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/formato \"> Premano formato que desexa aplicar ao campo seleccionado, ou prema en \\ \"Formatosadicionais \" para definir un formato personalizado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6438,7 +6438,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">When you click \"Additional formats\", the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat \"> Premendo na \"Formatos adicionais \", o <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp \" name=\"Number Format \"> <emph> Formato de número </ emph> </link> de diálogo será aberta, onde pode definir un formato personalizado. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6447,7 +6447,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "50\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you choose \"Chapter number without separator\" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Outline numbering\"><emph>Tools - Outline numbering</emph></link> are not displayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se selecciona \"O número do capítulo sen separador \" para un campo de capítulo, as fichas que son especificados para o número do capítulo en <link href =\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp \" \\ name=\"Ferramentas - Numeración Esbozo \"> <emph> Ferramentas - numeración de temas </ emph> </link> non son mostrados."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6456,7 +6456,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you choose \"chapter number\" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se selecciona \"número do capítulo \" como o formato <emph> </ emph> para campos de referencia, só o número do título do capítulo que contén o obxecto referenciado aparece no campo. Se o estilo de parágrafo para o título do capítulo non é numerado, o campo é deixar en branco."
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6527,7 +6527,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804313432\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Insire o campo como contidoestático, é dicir, o campo non se pode actualizar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6545,7 +6545,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/nivel \">Seleccione o nivel de título do capítulo que desexa incluír no camposeleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6563,7 +6563,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/compensado \">Introduza o desprazamento que quere aplicar a un campo de data ou hora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6581,7 +6581,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "48\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/compensado \">Entre os contidos que quere engadir a un campo definido polo usuario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6607,7 +6607,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"reftext \"> <ahelp hid=\".\"> Este é o lugar ondeinserir as referencias ou campos referidos no documento actual. Asreferencias son campos referidos no mesmo documento ou en sub-documentos dundocumento mestre. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6632,7 +6632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id4516129\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Lista os tipos de campos dispoñibles. Para engadir uncampo ao documento, prema nun tipo de campo, prema no campo na lista deselección e, a continuación, prema en Inserir </ahelp> Os campos estándispoñibles .:"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6668,7 +6668,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establecer branco para un campo referenciado. Baixo <emph> Nome </ emph>, introduza un nome para a referencia. Para inserir a referencia, o nome aparecerá como unha identificación na caixa de verificación lista <emph> </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6677,7 +6677,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"insert a bookmark\">insert a bookmark</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nun documento HTML, campos de referencia entraron deste xeito será ignorado. Para o branco en documentos HTML, ten que <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp \" name=\"inserir un marcador \"> inserir un marcador </link>."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6695,7 +6695,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with \"Set Reference\" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A inserción dunha referencia a outra posición no documento. A posición do texto correspondente debe ser definido con \"Definir referencia \" en primeiro lugar. Se non, a inserción dunha referencia escollendo un nome de campo en <emph> Selección </ emph> non é posible."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6713,7 +6713,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"insert a hyperlink\">insert a hyperlink</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nun documento HTML, campos de referencia entraron deste xeito será ignorado. Para os campos referidos en documentos HTML, ten que <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp \" name=\"inserir un hyperlink \"> inserir unha hiperligazón </link>."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6729,7 +6729,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id9988402\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A caixa de verificación mostra unha lista de todos os títulos na orde en que aparecen no documento."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6745,7 +6745,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5841242\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A caixa de verificación mostra unha lista de todos os títulos numerados e parágrafos numerados na orde en que aparecen no documento."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6762,7 +6762,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Despois de introducir un marcador no documento con <emph> Inserir - Marcador </ emph>, a entrada de marcadores no <emph> Referencias </ emph> guía se fai utilizable. Marcadores utilízanse para marcar certas pasaxes de texto nun documento. Nun documento de texto, pode utilizar os marcadores, por exemplo, para ir dunha pasaxe do documento a outro."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6787,7 +6787,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0818200811011049\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se os seus documentos contén unha nota ao pé de páxina, pode seleccionar a entrada de notas de rodapé. Unha referencia a unha nota de rodapé devolve o número nota."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6795,7 +6795,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id6794030\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "(Inserted objects with captions)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Obxectos inseridos con subtítulos)"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6803,7 +6803,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7096774\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered \"Illustration\" in the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode definir as referencias a obxectos que teñen subtítulos aplicadas. Por exemplo, inserir unha imaxe, faga clic co botón dereito na imaxe, seleccione formación. Agora ben, o obxecto móstrase como un \\ contados\"Ilustración \" na lista."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6812,7 +6812,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as \"unformatted text\" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "As referencias son campos. Para eliminar unha referencia, eliminar o campo. Se axustar un texto máis longo como referencia e non quere reinserir-lo tras a supresión da referencia, seleccione o texto e copia-lo para a área de transferencia. Pode, logo recoloque-o como \"text \\ plano\" na mesma posición mediante o comando <emph> Editar - Pegado especial </ emph>. O texto permanece intacta, mentres que a referencia é eliminado."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6828,7 +6828,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7374187\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select \"> Listaos campos dispoñibles para o tipo de campo seleccionado no tipo </ emph>lista <emph>. Para inserir un campo, prema no campo, seleccione un formatono \\ \"Inserir referencia a \" lista e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6836,7 +6836,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7729728\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir rapidamente un campo da lista, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e dobre -clique campo."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6844,7 +6844,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id2171086\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, click the format that you want to use."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Inserir referencia a lista <emph />, prema no formato que desexa usar."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6862,7 +6862,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/formato \"> Seleccioneo formato que desexa usar para o campo de referencia seleccionado </ahelp>Os seguintes formatos dispoñibles .:"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6914,7 +6914,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o texto obxecto de referencia completa. Para notas de rodapé insírese o número de nota ao pé de páxina."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6966,7 +6966,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id6420484\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o número do título ou parágrafo numerado, incluíndo os niveis superiores, dependendo do contexto. Vexa a nota por baixo desta táboa para obter máis información."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6982,7 +6982,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id616779\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire só o número do título ou parágrafo numerado."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6998,7 +6998,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id1953489\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o número do título ou parágrafo numerado, incluíndo todos os niveis superiores."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7034,7 +7034,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire a categoría (tipo de lenda) e o número de referencia do branco. Esta opción só está dispoñible cando o destino de referencia é un obxecto cunha lenda."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7052,7 +7052,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire a etiqueta da lenda do destino de referencia. Esta opción só está dispoñible cando o destino de referencia é un obxecto cunha lenda."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7070,7 +7070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o número da lenda do destino de referencia. Esta opción só está dispoñible cando o destino de referencia é un obxecto cunha lenda."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7078,7 +7078,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id757469\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The \"Number\" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O formato \"Number \" insire o número do título ou parágrafo numerado. Os niveis superiores están incluídos, dependendo do contexto, que corresponda."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7086,7 +7086,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5189062\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart \"1.2.4\" and you apply the \"Number\" format, then the reference will be shown as \"4\". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as \"2.4\" or \"1.2.4\", depending on the setting. If you use the \"Number (full context)\" format, you will always see \"1.2.4\", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Por exemplo, cando está nun capítulo 1, subcapítulo 2, sub-5, isto pode ser numerada como 1.2.5. Cando inserir aquí unha referencia ao texto no sub anterior \"1.2.4 \" e aplicar o \\ formato\"Number \", a referencia será mostrado como \"4 \". Se neste exemplo, a numeración é definida para mostrar máis subníveis, a mesma referencia amósase como \"2.4 \" ou \"1.2.4 \", dependendo da configuración. Se usa o\"Number (contexto completo) \" \\ formato, sempre vai ver \"1.2.4 \", non importa como o parágrafo numerado está formatado."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7104,7 +7104,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/nome \"> Introduza onome do campo definido polo usuario que desexa crear. </ahelp> Para definirun destino, prema en \\ \"Definir referencia \" en <emph> Introduza </ emph>lista, escriba un nome no cadro e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>. Parareferenciar o novo destino, prema no nome do destino no <emph> Selección </emph> lista."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7113,7 +7113,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nun documento de inicio, os obxectivos que están en distintas sub-documentos non aparecen no <emph> Selección </ emph> lista. Se desexa inserir unha referencia para a meta, ten que escribir o camiño eo nome na caixa <emph> Nome </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7121,7 +7121,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0903200802250745\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Entre os contidos que quereengadir a un campos definidos polo usuario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7133,13 +7133,12 @@ msgid "If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the sele
 msgstr "Cando se selecciona un texto e despois se insire unha referencia, o texto seleccionado utilízase como contido do campo."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "04090002.xhp\n"
 "par_id6501968\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Edit the value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Pecha a caixa de diálogo.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Editar o valor.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7165,7 +7164,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "45\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/valor \" visibility =\\ \"hidden \"> Define os parámetros de función adicionais para campos. O tipode parámetro depende do tipo de campo que seleccionar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7182,7 +7181,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804352037\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Lista os tipos de camposdispoñibles. Para engadir un campo ao documento, prema nun tipo de campo,prema no campo na <emph> Seleccionar </ emph> lista e prema en <emph>Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7218,7 +7217,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts text if a certain <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> is met. For example, enter \"sun eq 1\" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable \"sun\" equals \"1\" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable \"sun\", click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select \"Set variable\", type \"sun\" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire texto se unha determinada <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp \" \\ name=\"condición \"> condición </link> é cumprida. Por exemplo, escriba \"sol eq 1 \" en <emph> Estado </ emph> caixa, e logo, o texto que quere inserir cando a variable \"Sol \" igual \"1 \" no <emph > Entón </ emph> caixa. Se o desexa, tamén pode escribir o texto que quere mostrar cando esta condición non se responde en <emph> Else </ emph> caixa. Para axustar a variábel \"Sol \", prema o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp \" name=\"Variables \"> <emph> Variables </ emph> </link> guía , seleccione \"Definir variable \", escriba \"Sol \" no cadro <emph> Nome </ emph>, e seu valor en <emph> Valor </ emph> caixa."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7236,7 +7235,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "48\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire un campo de texto que mostra un elemento dunha lista. Pode engadir, editar e eliminar elementos e cambiar a súa orde na lista. Prema nun <emph> Lista de entrada </ emph> campo no seu documento ou prema Ctrl + Maiús + F9 para mostrar o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp \" name=\"Escoller elemento \" > <emph> Escolla Item/emph> </link> diálogo <."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7254,7 +7253,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire un campo de texto que pode ser aberto por <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp \" \\ name=\"premendo \"> prema </link> Lo no documento. Pode entón cambiar o texto que aparece."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7272,7 +7271,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire un campo de texto que executa unha macro ao premer no campo no documento. Para asignar unha macro ao campo, prema no botón Macro <emph> <emph />."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7308,7 +7307,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire un campo de texto que está oculto cando a condición que se especifica se responde. Para usar esta función, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline > - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01040600.xhp \" name=\"Documento de texto - Formato sida \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </link> </ emph> e desmarque a <emph > Campos: </ emph> caixa de verificación Texto oculto."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7326,7 +7325,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esconde un parágrafo cando a condición que se especifica se responde. Para usar esta función, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline > - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01040600.xhp \" name=\"Documento de texto - Formato sida \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </link> </ emph> e desmarque a <emph > Campos: </ emph> caixa de verificación parágrafo oculto."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7352,7 +7351,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804352213\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Prema no formato que desexaaplicar ao campo seleccionado, ou prema en \\ \"Formatos adicionais \" paradefinir un formato personalizado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7379,7 +7378,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condición \"> Paracampos ligados a un <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp \"name=\\ \"condición \"> condición </link>, introduza os criterios aquí. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7397,7 +7396,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2 \"> Introduza otexto a ser exhibido cando a condición se responde no cadro <emph> Entón </emph>, eo texto a ser exhibido cando a condición non é reuníronse no <emph>Else </ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7406,7 +7405,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode inserir campos de base de datos no <emph> Entón </ emph> e <emph> Else </ emph> caixas usando o formato \"databasename.tablename.fieldname \"."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7532,7 +7531,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "43\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introduce os caracteres que quere combinar. Podes combinar un máximo de 6 caracteres. Esta opción só está dispoñible para os <emph> Combina caracteres </ emph> tipo de campo."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7568,7 +7567,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro \"> Abre o<emph> Selector de macro </ emph>, onde pode seleccionar a macro que seexecutará cando fai clic no campo seleccionado no documento. </ahelp> Estebotón só está dispoñible para o \\ campo de función \"macro \\ Executar\"."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7577,7 +7576,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Os seguintes controis aparecen en <emph> Lista de entrada </ emph> campos:"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7595,7 +7594,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item \"> Introduza unnovo elemento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7613,7 +7612,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/engadir \"> Engade o<emph> Elemento </ emph> á lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7631,7 +7630,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "55\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems \"> Lista oselementos. O elemento superior móstrase no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7649,7 +7648,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/eliminar \"> Elimina oelemento seleccionado da lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7667,7 +7666,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "59\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up \"> Move o elementoseleccionado arriba na lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7685,7 +7684,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down \"> Move oelemento seleccionado abaixo na lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7703,7 +7702,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/nome da lista \">Introduza un nome exclusivo para a <emph> Lista de entrada </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7721,7 +7720,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "65\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta caixa de diálogo móstrase ao premer nun <emph> Lista de entrada </ emph> campo no documento."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7730,7 +7729,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "66\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS \"> Seleccione oelemento que quere amosar o documento, faga clic en <emph> Aceptar </ emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7748,7 +7747,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "68\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT \"> Presenta o <emph>Editar campos :. Funcións </ emph>, na cal pode editar o <emph> Lista deentrada </ emph> </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7766,7 +7765,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "70\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT \"> Pecha o actual<emph> Lista de entrada </ emph> e mostra o seguinte, se está dispoñible. </ahelp> Ve este botón cando se abre o <emph> Escolla Item </ emph > diálogopor Ctrl + Maiús + F9."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7792,7 +7791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DocInformation campos conteñen información sobre as propiedades dun documento, como a data dun documento foi creado. Para ver as propiedades dun documento, escolla <emph> Ficheiro - Propiedades </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7801,7 +7800,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cando exportar e importar un documento HTML que contén campos DocInformation, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp # dokumentinfo \" name=\"$ [officename] formatos especiais \"> especiais $ [officename] formatos </link> se usan."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7809,7 +7808,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804290053\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Lista os tipos de camposdispoñibles. Para engadir un campo ao documento, prema nun tipo de campo,prema no campo na lista Seleccionar e, a continuación, prema en Inserir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7881,7 +7880,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire os comentarios que figuran na <emph> Descrición </ emph> guía Páxina da caixa de diálogo <emph> Propiedades </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7935,7 +7934,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User Defined </emph>tab of the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties\"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o contido da información campos atopados no <emph> Definido polo usuario </ emph> guía do <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp \" name=\"Ficheiro - Propiedades \"> < emph> Ficheiro - Propiedades </ emph> </link> diálogo."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7971,7 +7970,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire as palabras clave como inscritos no <emph> Descrición guía <emph /> da caixa de diálogo <emph> File Properties </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7989,7 +7988,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o asunto como entrou no <emph> Descrición </ emph> guía da caixa de diálogo <emph> File Properties </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8007,7 +8006,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o título como entrou no <emph> Descrición guía <emph /> da caixa de diálogo <emph> File Properties </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8015,7 +8014,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804290272\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Lista os campos dispoñiblespara o tipo de campo seleccionado no tipo </ emph> lista <emph>. Parainserir un campo, prema no campo e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8032,7 +8031,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804290382\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Prema no formato que desexaaplicar ao campo seleccionado, ou prema en \\ \"Formatos adicionais \" paradefinir un formato personalizado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8050,7 +8049,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/\\ fixo\"> Insire ocampo como contido estático, é dicir, o campo non se pode actualizar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8075,7 +8074,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id8526261\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined fields, restriction</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> campos definidos polo usuario, restrición </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8110,7 +8109,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0903200802243625\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Lista os tipos de camposdispoñibles. Para engadir un campo ao documento, prema nun tipo de campo,prema no campo na <emph> Seleccionar </ emph> lista e prema en <emph>Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8146,7 +8145,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <emph>Edit - Field</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Define unha variable eo seu valor. Pode cambiar o valor dunha variable, premendo fronte ao campo variable, e logo escoller <emph> Editar - Campo </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8164,7 +8163,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o valor actual da variable que prema no <emph> Selección </ emph> lista."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8182,7 +8181,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire un <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # dde \" name=\"DDE \"> DDE </link> ligazón ao documento, que pode actualizar tan frecuentemente como quere a través do nome asignado."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8236,7 +8235,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "As variables aparecen no campo <emph> Selección </ emph>. Cando fai clic no <emph> Inserir botón <emph />, a caixa de diálogo <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp \" name=\"Input campo \"> <emph> Campo de entrada </ emph > </link> aparece, onde pode inserir o novo valor ou texto adicional, como unha observación."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8316,7 +8315,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0903200802243892\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Prema no formato que desexaaplicar ao campo seleccionado, ou prema en \\ \"Formatos adicionais \" paradefinir un formato personalizado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8325,7 +8324,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para campos definidos polo usuario, prema no formato que desexa aplicar ao <emph> Formato </ emph> lista ou prema en \"Formatos adicionais \" para definir un formato personalizado."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8333,7 +8332,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0903200802243880\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Introduza o nome do campodefinido polo usuario que desexa crear. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8341,7 +8340,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0903200802243951\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Entre os contidos que quereengadir a un campo definido polo usuario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8350,7 +8349,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/formato \"> O <emph>Formato </ emph> lista, definir o valor insírese como texto ou un número. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8366,7 +8365,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7453535\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select \"> Listaos campos dispoñibles para o tipo de campo seleccionado no tipo </ emph>lista <emph>. Para inserir un campo, prema no campo e prema en <emph>Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8374,7 +8373,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id3326822\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir rapidamente un campo da lista, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e dobre -clique campo."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8383,7 +8382,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the \"Set variable\" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nun documento HTML, dous campos adicionais dispoñibles para o \"Definir variable \" tipo de campo: HTML_ON e campo HTML_OFF. O texto que escribe en <emph> Valor </ emph> caixa é converter a un HTML apertura <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp # etiqueta \" name=\"tag \"> tag </link> (<valor>) ou a un HTML de peche (</ Value>) etiqueta cando o ficheiro é gardado como un documento HTML, dependendo da opción que seleccionar."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8428,7 +8427,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/\\ invisible\"> Escondeo contido do campo no documento. </ahelp> O campo insírese como unha marcagris fina no documento. Esta opción só está dispoñible para o \\ \"Set \\Variable\" e \\ \"Usuario campo \" tipo de campo."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8464,7 +8463,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/nivel \"> Seleccione otítulo ou nivel do capítulo en que reiniciar a numeración no documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8482,7 +8481,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separador \"> Introduzao carácter que desexa usar como separador entre os niveis de título oucapítulo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8500,7 +8499,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/aplicar \"> Engade ocampo definido polo usuario para o <emph> Selección </ emph> lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8518,7 +8517,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/borrar \"> Elimina ocampo definido polo usuario desde a lista de selección. Só pode eliminar oscampos que non son usados ​​no documento actual. </ahelp> Para eliminar uncampo que se usa no documento actual a partir da lista, primeiro eliminartodas as ocorrencias do campo no documento e, a continuación, eliminar-lo dalista."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8569,7 +8568,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id090220080439090\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Lista os tipos de camposdispoñibles. Para engadir un campo ao documento, prema nun tipo de campo,prema no campo na <emph> Seleccionar </ emph> lista e prema en <emph>Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8605,7 +8604,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o contido da área de base de datos que se especifica no cadro <emph> Número do Rexistro </ emph> como un campo de mala directa que o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp \" name=\" Condición \"> <emph> Estado </ emph> </link> que entra é cumprida. Só os rexistros seleccionados por unha selección múltiple na visualización da fonte de datos son considerados."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8614,7 +8613,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode usar este campo para inserir varios rexistros nun documento. Basta introducir o <emph> Calquera campo Rexistro </ emph> diante dos campos forma de letras que usan un determinado rexistro."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8632,7 +8631,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The \"Database Name\" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted \"Database Name\" fields are updated."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire o nome da táboa da base de datos seleccionado no <emph> selección de base de datos </ emph> caixa. O campo \"Nome da base \" é un campo global, isto é, se inserir un nome de base de datos diferente no seu documento, o contido de todos os anteriormente inserido \"Nome da base \" campos son actualizados."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8713,7 +8712,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select \"> Seleccione atáboa de base de datos ou a consulta de base de datos que quere que o campopara referirse a. </ahelp> Pode incluír campos de máis dunha base de datosou consulta nun documento."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8721,7 +8720,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0902200804391084\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Para áreas ligadas a unhacondición, entrar os criterios aquí. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8748,7 +8747,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber \"> Introduzao número do rexistro que desexa inserir cando a condición que se especificase cumpre. </ahelp> Número de rexistro corresponde á selección actual navisualización da fonte de datos. Por exemplo, se selecciona os últimos 5rexistros nunha base de datos que contén 10 rexistros, o número do primeirorexistro será 1, e non seis."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8775,7 +8774,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o formato do campo que quere inserir. Estaopción está dispoñible para campos numéricos, booleanos, data e hora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8793,7 +8792,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb \"> Usa oformato definido na base de datos seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8809,7 +8808,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10772\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse \"> Abre unhacaixa de diálogo de abertura de ficheiros onde pode seleccionar un ficheirode base de datos (* .odb). O ficheiro seleccionado engádese á lista de basesde datos de verificación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8827,7 +8826,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb \"> Aplicao formato que seleccionar o <emph> Lista de formatos definidos polo usuario</ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8845,7 +8844,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/formato \"> Lista osformatos definidos polo usuario dispoñibles. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8861,7 +8860,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10803\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Cando imprime un documento que contén campos de base dedatos, unha caixa de diálogo pregunta se quere imprimir unha carta deformulario. Se responder Si, o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp \"> Mala directa </ ​​link> de diálogo ábrese onde podesseleccionar os rexistros da base de datos para imprimir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8877,7 +8876,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10816\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Suprime este diálogo a partir de agora. Non hainingunha forma fácil de obtelo de volta! </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090007.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8893,7 +8892,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154106\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tags; in $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML;special tags for fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;HTML import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DocInformation fields</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> marcas; en $ [officename] Writer </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> $ [officename] Writer; HTML etiquetas especiais </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> HTML; etiquetas especiais para campos </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> Campos; importación e exportación de HTML </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> campos de tempo; HTML </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> campos de data; HTML </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> campos DocInformation </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04090007.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9198,7 +9197,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog\">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog\"> Insire un campo de texto que se pode abrir e editar premendo nodocumento. </ahelp> Pode usar campos de entrada ao texto, ou para atribuírun novo valor a unha variable."
 
 #: 04090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9225,7 +9224,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text\">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text \"> A caixasuperior mostra o nome que inseriu no cadro <emph> Referencia </ emph> docampo de entrada en <emph> Funcións </ emph> guía da caixa de diálogo <emph>Campos </ emph>. A caixa inferior mostra o contido do campo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9243,7 +9242,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next\">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/seguinte \"> Pasaao seguinte campo de entrada no documento. </ahelp> Este botón só estádispoñible cando colocar o cursor directamente antes de un campo de entradae logo prema Shift + Ctrl + F9."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9251,7 +9250,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tit\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Defining Conditions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Condicións que definen"
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9259,7 +9258,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3145828\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> expresións lóxicas </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> condicións de formular </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> condicións; nos campos e nas seccións </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> campos, condicións que definen </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> seccións, definindo condicións </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> variables; en condicións </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> datos do usuario; en condicións </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> bases de datos; en condicións </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> agocho; campos de base de datos </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9268,7 +9267,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "1\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\">Defining Conditions</link></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"defining_conditions \"> <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp \"> Indicación Condicións </link> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9277,7 +9276,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\">fields</link> and <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "As condicións son expresións lóxicas que pode usar para controlar a visualización de <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp \"> campos </link> e <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000 .xhp \"> seccións </link> no seu documento. Aínda que os exemplos a seguir se aplica a campos, eles tamén se aplica a seccións."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9331,7 +9330,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O xeito máis sinxelo de definir unha condición é introducir a expresión lóxica directamente nun <emph> Estado </ emph> caixa usando os seguintes valores:"
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9376,7 +9375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se deixa a caixa <emph> Estado </ emph> baleira, a condición é interpretada como non sendo atendidas."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9385,7 +9384,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "When you define a condition, use the same <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cando define unha condición, use o mesmo <link href =\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp \" \\> elementos </link> para definir unha fórmula, é dicir, os operadores comparativos, funcións matemáticas e estatísticas, formatos de números, variábeis e constantes."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9403,7 +9402,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Predefined <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Predeterminada <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp \"> $ [officename] variables </link> que as estatísticas de uso sobre as propiedades do documento"
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -9601,7 +9600,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "96\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with \"==\" (EQ), \"!=\" (NEQ), or \"!\"(NOT)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode incluír datos do usuario cando define condicións. Para cambiar os seus datos de usuario, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> - $ [officename] - Datos do usuario </ emph>. Os datos do usuario deben ser inseridos en forma de cadeas. Pode consultar os datos do usuario con \"== \" (EQ), \"!=\" (Neq), ou \"\" (NOT)."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10024,7 +10023,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Volta TRUE se o campo COMPANY está baleiro."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10051,7 +10050,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not \"Sun\". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Volta TRUE se a entrada actual no campo da empresa non é \"Sun \". (Sinal de admiración representa unha lóxica NOT)."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10114,7 +10113,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccione <emph> Parágrafo oculto </ emph> entrada da lista, e escriba o seguinte condición: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\""
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10150,7 +10149,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "58\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para ver números ocultos na pantalla, pode escoller <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> -% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </ emph> e desmarque a emph> <campos: caixa de verificación parágrafos ocultos </ emph>."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10186,7 +10185,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "136\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla <emph> Inserir - Campos - Outros </ emph> e prema en <emph> Funcións </ emph> tabulación."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10195,7 +10194,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "62\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click \"Conditional text\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Introduza </ emph> lista, prema en \"text \\ Condicional\"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10204,7 +10203,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type \"page == 1\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No cadro <emph> Estado </ emph>, introduza \"páxina == 1 \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10213,7 +10212,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "64\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"There is only one page\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> Entón </ emph> caixa, tipo \"Hai só unha páxina \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10222,7 +10221,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "65\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"There are several pages\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No cadro <emph> ou </ emph>, introduza \"Hai varias páxinas \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10249,7 +10248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "138\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla <emph> Inserir - Campos - Outros </ emph> e prema en <emph> Variables </ emph> tabulación."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10258,7 +10257,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "68\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Set Variable\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Introduza </ emph> lista, prema en \"Definir \\ Variable\"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10267,7 +10266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "139\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type \"Profit\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Nome </ emph>, introduza \"beneficio \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10276,7 +10275,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "140\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type \"5000\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No cadro <emph> Valor </ emph>, introduza \"5000 \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10294,7 +10293,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "70\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prema na pestana <emph> Funcións </ emph> e prema en \"text \\ condicional\" no tipo </ emph> lista <emph>."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10303,7 +10302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "142\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type \"Profit < 5000\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> Estado </ emph> caixa, tipo \"Lucro <5000 \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10312,7 +10311,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "71\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"Target is not met\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Entón </ emph>, introduza \"target é non atopou \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10321,7 +10320,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "72\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"Target is met\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No cadro <emph> ou </ emph>, introduza \"target for cumprida \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10357,7 +10356,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "144\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The first part of this example inserts a space between the \"First Name\" and \"Last Name\" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename]."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A primeira parte deste exemplo inserir un espazo entre o \"Nome \" e \\ campos\"Apelidos \" nun documento, eo segundo texto insercións de pezas con base no contido dun campo. Este exemplo require que unha fonte de datos de enderezos está rexistrado con $ [officename]."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10366,7 +10365,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "145\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla <emph> Inserir - Campos - Outros </ emph>, e logo prema no botón <emph> Base de datos </ emph> a ficha."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10375,7 +10374,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "75\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Mail merge fields\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Introduza </ emph> lista, prema en \"Mail campos de mesclagem \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10384,7 +10383,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "76\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click \"First Name\", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for \"Last Name\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> selección de base de datos </ emph> caixa, prema dúas veces nun libro de enderezos, prema en \"Nome \" e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>. Repita o procedemento para \"Last Name \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10393,7 +10392,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "78\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No documento, coloque o cursor entre os dous campos, preme espazo, e, a continuación, regresar ao diálogo <emph> Campos </ emph>:"
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10402,7 +10401,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "79\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prema na pestana <emph> Funcións </ emph> e prema en \"text \\ condicional\" no tipo </ emph> lista <emph>."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10411,7 +10410,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "146\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Estado </ emph>, introduza: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10420,7 +10419,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "80\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> caixa <emph /> o A continuación, escriba un espazo e deixar o <emph> ou </ emph> caixa en branco."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10438,7 +10437,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "147\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No cadro de diálogo <emph> Campos </ emph>, prema en <emph> Funcións </ emph> tabulación."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10447,7 +10446,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "85\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click \"Conditional text\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Introduza </ emph> caixa, faga clic en \"text \\ Condicional\"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10456,7 +10455,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "86\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> Estado </ emph> caixa, tipo: Addressbook.addresses.firstname ==\"Michael \""
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10465,7 +10464,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "87\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type \"Dear\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> Entón </ emph> caixa, tipo \"Estimado \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10474,7 +10473,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "88\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type \"Hello\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Else </ emph>, introduza \"Ola \"."
 
 #: 04090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10517,7 +10516,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Indexes\">Instructions for Indexes</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/main.xhp \" name=\"Instrucións para Índices \"> Instrucións para Índices </link>"
 
 #: 04120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10544,7 +10543,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Entry\">Bibliography Entry</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp \" name=\"Bibliografía entrada \"> Bibliografia Entrada </link>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10570,7 +10569,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"Eintrag \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertIndexesEntry \">.Marca o texto seleccionado como índice ou táboa de entrada de contido </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10579,7 +10578,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Index Entry\"><emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph></link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para editar unha entrada de índice, coloque o cursor diante do campo de índice e escolla <link href =\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp \" \\ name=\"Editar - Entrada de índice \"> <emph> Editar - Entrada de Índice </ emph> </link>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10588,7 +10587,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode deixar a caixa de diálogo <emph> Inserir Entrada Índice </ emph> aberta mentres selecciona e introducir entradas."
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10615,7 +10614,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/typecb \"> Seleccione oíndice que quere engadir a entrada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10633,7 +10632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/entryed \"> Presenta otexto que está seleccionado no documento. Se quere, pode escribir unhapalabra diferente para a entrada de índice. O texto seleccionado nodocumento non se cambiou. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10651,7 +10650,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key, the index entry is \"weather, cold\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/key1cb \"> Fai aselección actual de unha entrada secundaria da palabra que entra aquí. Porexemplo, se selecciona \\ \"\\ frío\", e escriba \\ \"tempo \", como a primeirachave, a entrada de índice é \\ \"tempo \\ frío\". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10669,7 +10668,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key and \"winter\" as the 2nd key, the index entry is \"weather, winter, cold\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/key2cb \"> Fai aselección actual unha sub-entrada secundaria da primeira chave. Por exemplo,se selecciona \\ \"\\ frío\", e escriba \\ \"tempo \", como a primeira chave e \\\"inverno \" como a segunda clave, a entrada de índice é \\ \"tempo, inverno, \\frío\". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10687,7 +10686,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed\">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/phonetic0ed \">Introduza a lectura fonética para a entrada correspondente. Por exemplo, seunha palabra Kanji xaponés ten máis dunha pronuncia, introduza a pronunciacorrecta dunha palabra katakana. A palabra Kanji é, entón, ordenados segundoa entrada de lectura fonética. </ahelp> Esta opción só está dispoñible seo soporte para idiomas asiáticos está activado."
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10705,7 +10704,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb\">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/mainentrycb \"> Fai otexto seleccionado a entrada principal nun índice alfabético. </ahelp> $[officename] mostra o número da páxina de entrada principal nun formatodiferente que as outras entradas no índice."
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10723,7 +10722,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf\">Entries using the paragraph format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/levelnf \"> Entradasusando o parágrafo formato \\ \"Título X \" (X = 1-10) poden serautomaticamente engadidos á táboa de contidos. O nivel da entrada no índicecorresponde ao nivel de esquema do estilo de título. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10750,7 +10749,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb\">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/applytoallcb \"> Marcaautomaticamente todas as outras ocorrencias do texto seleccionado nodocumento. O texto en cabeceiras, rodapés, molduras e subtítulos non estáincluído. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10759,7 +10758,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Non pode usar a función a un <emph> Entrada </ emph> que inseriu man neste diálogo."
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10768,7 +10767,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para incluír todas as ocorrencias dun treito de texto nun índice, seleccione o texto, escolla <emph> Editar - Localizar e substituír </ emph> e prema en <emph> Buscar todos </ emph>. A continuación, escolla <emph> Inserir - Índices e táboas - Entrada </ emph> e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>."
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10804,7 +10803,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert\">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/inserir \"> Marca unhaentrada de índice no seu texto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10822,7 +10821,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close\">Pecha a caixa de diálogo.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close\">Pecha a caixa dediálogo.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10840,7 +10839,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new\">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/IndexEntry/novo \"> Abre o <emph>Crear novo definida polo usuario Índice </ emph> caixa de diálogo onde podecrear un índice personalizado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10858,7 +10857,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog\">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog \"> Introduza un nome para o novo índice definido polousuario. O novo índice engádese á lista de índices e táboas dispoñibles. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10867,7 +10866,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/indices_toc.xhp \" name=\"Usando táboas de contido e índices \"> Utilización de táboas de contido e índices </link>"
 
 #: 04120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10893,7 +10892,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnisse \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertMultiIndex \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Insire un índice ou unha táboa de contidos naposición actual do cursor </ahelp> Para editar. un índice ou unha táboa decontidos, coloque o cursor no índice ou táboa de contidos, e logo escolla<emph> Inserir - Índices e táboas -. Índices e Táboas </ emph> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10929,7 +10928,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/main.xhp \" name=\"Usando táboas de contido e índices \"> Utilización de táboas de contido e índices </link>"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10982,7 +10981,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/niveis \">Seleccione o nivel de índice que cambiar o formato de. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11000,7 +10999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \"/ swriter/ui/tocstylespage estilos módulos/\" \\> (<emph><) emph> Seleccione o estilo de parágrafo que desexa aplicar ao nivel deíndice seleccionado e prema en Asignar. </ </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11009,7 +11008,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11018,7 +11017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "33\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign \"> Formata onivel de índice seleccionado co estilo de parágrafo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11036,7 +11035,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default \"> repón oformato do nivel seleccionado ao estilo \\ \"Default \" parágrafo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11054,7 +11053,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "39\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/editar \"> Abre o<emph> estilo de parágrafo de diálogo </ emph>, onde pode modificar o estilode parágrafo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120210.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11080,7 +11079,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Use this tab to specify and define the type of  <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Use esta guía para especificar e establecer o tipo de <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp \" \\ name=\"index \"> índice </link> que desexa inserir. Tamén pode crear índices personalizados."
 
 #: 04120210.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11107,7 +11106,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp \" name=\"Índice Alfabético \"> Índice Alfabético </link>"
 
 #: 04120210.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11116,7 +11115,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp \" name=\"Index Ilustración \"> Índice de Ilustración </link>"
 
 #: 04120210.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11161,7 +11160,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/main.xhp \" name=\"Usando táboas de contido e índices \"> Utilización de táboas de contido e índices </link>"
 
 #: 04120210.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11170,7 +11169,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\">Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp \" name=\"Inserir - Índices e táboas - Entrada \"> Inserir - Índices e táboas - Entrada </link>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11196,7 +11195,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> As seguintes opcións están dispoñibles candoselecciona <emph> Índice </ emph> como o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/ 04120210.xhp \" name=\\ \"index \"> índice </link> tipo. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11232,7 +11231,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/tipo \"> Seleccione otipo de índice que desexa inserir. </ahelp> As opcións dispoñibles nestaguía dependen do tipo de índice que seleccionar. Se o cursor está nun índicecando escoller o <emph> Inserir - Índices e táboas - Índices e táboas </emph>, pode entón editar ese índice."
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11250,7 +11249,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title \"> Introduzaun título para o índice seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11268,7 +11267,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly \"> Impideque o contido do índice sexan alteradas. </ahelp> cambios manuais que fai aun índice son perdidas cando o índice é actualizado. Se desexa que o cursorpercorrer un área protexida, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\\ \"sys\"> <caseinline select=\\ \"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline><defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> -%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </ emph>, e logo seleccione o<emph> Cursor en áreas protexidas - </ emph> caixa de verificación Activado."
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11286,7 +11285,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/ámbito \"> Seleccionese desexa crear o índice para o documento ou para o capítulo actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11304,7 +11303,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/nivel \"> Introduza onúmero da posición niveis de incluír no índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11340,7 +11339,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings \"> Creao índice utilizando niveis destacado, é dicir, parágrafos formatados cundos estilos de título predefinidos (posición 1-10) engádense ao índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11348,7 +11347,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id1209200804373840\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode atribuír os niveis de destaque no <link href =\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp \" \\> Contorno e numeración <link /> pestana de páxina na Format - diálogo Parágrafo."
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11366,7 +11365,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"vorlg \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb \"> Inclúe os estilos de parágrafo que seespecifica nas Styles <emph> Asignar </ emph> diálogo como entradas deíndice . Para seleccionar os estilos de parágrafo que desexa incluír noíndice, prema no botón <emph> Asignar Styles (... </ emph>) botón á dereitada caixa. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11384,7 +11383,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/estilos \"> Abre osStyles <emph> Asignar </ emph>, na cal pode seleccionar os estilos deparágrafo para incluír no índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11402,7 +11401,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks \"> Inclúeas entradas de índice que inseriu escollendo <emph> Inserir - Índices etáboas -. Entrada </ emph> no índice </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11428,7 +11427,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> As seguintes opcións están dispoñibles candoselecciona <emph> Índice Alfabético </ emph> como o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp \" \\ name=\\ \" índice \\ \"> índice </link> tipo.</ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11455,7 +11454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame \">Substitúe as entradas de índice idénticas cunha única entrada que lista osnúmeros de páxina onde se produce a entrada no documento. Por exemplo, asentradas \\ \"Vista 10, Vista 43 \" son combinados como \\ \"Ver 10, 43 \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11473,7 +11472,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff \"> Substitúeas entradas de índice idénticas, que se producen tamén no directamenteseguinte páxina ou páxinas, cunha única entrada que lista o número daprimeira páxina e un \\ \"p \\ \"ou \" pp \\ \". Por exemplo, as entradas \\ \"Vista10, Vista 11, Vista 12 \" son combinados como \\ \"Ver 10pp \" e \\ \"Vista 10,Vista 11 \" como \\ \"Ver 10p \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11491,7 +11490,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash \"> Substitúeas entradas de índice idénticas que se producen en páxinas consecutivascunha única entrada e o rango de páxinas onde se produce a entrada. Porexemplo, as entradas \\ \"Vista 10, Vista 11, Vista 12 \" son combinados como \\\"View 10-12 \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11509,7 +11508,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens \">Distingue entre maiúsculas e minúsculas en entradas de índice idénticas.Para idiomas asiáticos tratamento especial aplícase se. </ahelp> Se queresa primeira aparición da entrada no documento para determinar o caso deentrada, seleccione <emph> Combinar entradas idénticas </ emph>."
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11517,7 +11516,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10671\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para usar a agrupación multi-nivel para idiomas asiáticos, seleccione <emph> Case sensible </ emph>. Na agrupación multi-nivel, os casos e sinais diacríticos das entradas ignóranse e só as formas primitivas de entradas son comparadas. As formas son idénticas, os acentuación das formas son comparadas. As formas aínda son idénticos, os casos das formas, así como as larguras dos caracteres, e as diferenzas na Kana xaponesa son comparados."
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11535,7 +11534,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps \">capitalizar automaticamente a primeira letra dunha entrada de índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11553,7 +11552,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry \"> clavesde índice Insire como entradas de índice separados. </ahelp> A clave éinserida como unha entrada de índice de nivel superior e as entradas que sonasignados á clave como subentries recuados."
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11562,7 +11561,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To define an index key, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para axustar unha chave de índice, escolla <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp \" name=\"Inserir entrada de índice \"> <emph> Inserir Entrada Índice </ emph> </link> diálogo."
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11580,7 +11579,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/FromFile \"> Marcaautomaticamente entradas de índice usando un ficheiro de concordancia -.Unha lista de palabras para incluír nun índice </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11598,7 +11597,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/ficheiro \">Seleccionar, crear ou editar un ficheiro de concordancia. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11634,7 +11633,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang \"> Seleccioneas regras de idioma a empregar para clasificar as entradas do índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11652,7 +11651,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/KeyType \">Seleccionar numérico cando quere ordenar os números de valor, como en 1, 2,12. Seleccione alfanumérico, cando quere ordenar os números de caráctercódigo, como en 1, 12, 2. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11678,7 +11677,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> As seguintes opcións están dispoñibles candoselecciona o <emph> Índice de Ilustración </ emph> como o <link href=\\\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp \" name=\\ \"index \"> índice </link>tipo. </ variable>"
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11714,7 +11713,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/subtítulos \"> Creaentradas de índice de subtítulos obxecto </ahelp> Para engadir unha lenda aun obxecto, seleccione o obxecto e, a continuación, escolla <emph> Inserir-. Caption </ emph>."
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11732,7 +11731,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/categoría \">Seleccione a categoría subtítulos que quere usar para as entradas de índice.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11750,7 +11749,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display \">Seleccione a parte da lenda que desexa usar para as entradas de índice. </ahelp> A táboa a seguir lista as opcións de subtítulos que poden serseleccionados, en base na lenda de texto \\ \"Ilustración 24: A Sun \", onde \\\"Ilustración 24 \" foi xerado automaticamente, e \\ \"The Sun \" foi engadidopolo usuario."
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11849,7 +11848,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames \"> Creaentradas de índice de nomes de obxectos. </ahelp> Podes ver os nomes deobxecto no Navigator, por exemplo, e muda-los no menú emerxente."
 
 #: 04120214.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11875,7 +11874,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> As seguintes opcións están dispoñibles candoselecciona <emph> Índice de táboas </ emph> como o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp \" name=\\ \"index \"> índice </link> tipo. </variable>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11901,7 +11900,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> As seguintes opcións están dispoñibles candoselecciona <emph> User-Defined </ emph> como o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp \" name=\\ \"index \"> índice </link> tipo. </variable>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11910,7 +11909,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Índices definidos polo usuario están dispoñibles no <emph> Introduza </ emph> caixa cando inserir unha entrada de índice no documento."
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11946,7 +11945,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables \"> Inclúetáboas no índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11964,7 +11963,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics \">Inclúe gráficos do índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11982,7 +11981,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes \"> Inclúecadros de texto no índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12000,7 +11999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles \"> Inclúeobxectos OLE no índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12018,7 +12017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel \"> recuostáboa, gráfico, marco de texto e obxecto OLE entradas de índice segundo oseu lugar no capítulo indo xerarquía. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12027,7 +12026,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Defining an index entry\">Defining an index entry</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp \" name=\"Definición dunha entrada \\ index\"> Definir unha entrada de índice </link>"
 
 #: 04120216.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12053,7 +12052,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> As seguintes opcións están dispoñibles candoselecciona <emph> Táboa de obxectos </ emph> como o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp \" name=\\ \"index \"> índice </link> tipo. </variable>"
 
 #: 04120216.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12071,7 +12070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/obxectos \">Seleccione os tipos de obxectos que quere incluír nunha táboa de obxectos.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120217.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12097,7 +12096,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"verzeichnis \"> <emph> Bibliografía </ emph> como o <link href= \\ \"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp \" name=\\ index As seguintesopcións están dispoñibles cando selecciona \" \\ \"> índice </link> tipo. </variable>"
 
 #: 04120217.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12124,7 +12123,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries \">números automaticamente as entradas de bibliografía. </ahelp> Para definiras opcións de clasificación para a numeración, prema no <link href = text \\\"/ swriter/01 /04120227.xhp \\ \"name=\" Entradas \\ \"> Entradas </link> aficha."
 
 #: 04120217.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12142,7 +12141,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/soportes \">Seleccione os soportes que quere achegar entradas bibliográficas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12168,7 +12167,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Crea entradas de índice deestilos de parágrafo específico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12195,7 +12194,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para crear unha entrada de índice a partir dun estilo de parágrafo, prema no estilo no <emph> Estilos </ emph> lista e prema no botón <emph >>> </ emph> para mover o estilo ao nivel de índice que quere ."
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12213,7 +12212,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Move o estilo seleccionado parágrafo a un nivelsuperior na xerarquía do índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12231,7 +12230,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/dereita \"visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Move o estilo de parágrafo seleccionado un nivelabaixo na xerarquía do índice. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120220.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12257,7 +12256,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage\">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link> tab.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp visibilidade=\\ \"\\ visible\" hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage \"> Especifique o formato das entradas deíndice ou de mesa. A aparición desta guía muda para reflectir o tipo deíndice que seleccionou no <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\\ \"Índice/Táboa \"> Índice/Táboa </ link > a ficha. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120220.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12275,7 +12274,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp \" name=\"Índice Alfabético \"> Índice Alfabético </link>"
 
 #: 04120220.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12284,7 +12283,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp \" name=\"Index Ilustración \"> Índice de Ilustración </link>"
 
 #: 04120220.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12346,7 +12345,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato das entradas na táboa decontidos. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12364,7 +12363,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o nivel que quere definir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12382,7 +12381,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O <emph> Estrutura </ emph> liña define como as entradas no índice son compostas. Para cambiar a aparencia dunha entrada, pode introducir códigos ou texto nas caixas baleiras nesta liña. Tamén pode premer nunha caixa baleira ou nun código, e prema nun botón do código."
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12391,7 +12390,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Mostra o resto do <emph>Estrutura </ emph> liña. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12400,7 +12399,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> key."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar un código da <emph> Estrutura </ emph> liña, prema no código e, a continuación, prema a tecla <item type=\"keycode \"> Eliminar </ item> clave."
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12409,7 +12408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para substituír un código de <emph> Estrutura </ emph> liña, prema no código e, a continuación, prema no botón de código."
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12418,7 +12417,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para engadir un código ao <emph> Estrutura </ emph> liña, prema nunha caixa baleira e prema nun botón do código."
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12436,7 +12435,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno\">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno \">Insire o número do capítulo. Para asignar a numeración de capítulos a unestilo de título, escolla <emph> Ferramentas -. Contorno Numeración </ emph></ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12454,7 +12453,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entryText \">Insire o texto do título do capítulo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12463,7 +12462,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Tab stop (T)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tabulación (T)"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12472,7 +12471,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop \"> Insireunha parada de tabulación. Para engadir líder puntos para a parada detabulación, seleccione un carácter na caixa de caracteres <emph> Encha </emph>. Para cambiar a posición da parada de tabulación, introduza un valorna <emph> Tab deixar posición </ emph> caixa, ou seleccione o <emph> Aliñará dereita </ ​​emph> caixa de verificación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12490,7 +12489,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno \"> Insire onúmero da páxina de entrada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12508,7 +12507,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/link \"> Crea unhyperlink para a parte da entrada que coloque pola apertura (LS) e asetiquetas de peche (LE) de Ligazón. Na <emph> Estrutura </ emph> liña, premana caixa baleira diante da parte que quere crear un hipervínculo a, acontinuación, prema neste botón. Prema na caixa baleira despois da parte quedesexe Ligazón e, a continuación, prema de novo neste botón. Todohiperlinks debe ser exclusivo. Dispoñible só para unha táboa de contidos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12526,7 +12525,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all \"> Aplica aconfiguración actuais sen pechar a ventá. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12544,7 +12543,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/CharStyle \">Especifique o estilo de formato para a parte seleccionada en <emph> liñaEstrutura </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12562,7 +12561,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/editar \"> Abre undiálogo onde pode editar o estilo de carácter seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12580,7 +12579,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/FILLCHAR \">Seleccione a pestana de tabulación que quere usar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12598,7 +12597,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos \">Introduza a distancia deixar entre a marxe esquerda da páxina e tabulación.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12616,7 +12615,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/AlignRight \">aliñar a tabulación á marxe dereita da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12633,7 +12632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id6499221\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Só visible cando fai clic no botón E # na liña deEstrutura. Seleccione para mostrar o número do capítulo, con ou senseparador. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12651,7 +12650,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle \">sitúa a tabulación en relación ao \\ \"guión de esquerda \" valor definido noestilo de parágrafo seleccionado no <emph> Estilos </ emph> guía . Se non, atabulación é ordenada en relación á marxe esquerda do texto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12677,7 +12676,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato das entradas de índicealfabético. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12686,7 +12685,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Level \"S\" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nivel \"S \" refírese aos títulos dunha única letra que dividen as entradas de índice por orde alfabética. Para activar eses títulos, seleccione o <emph> delimitador alfabética caixa de verificación </ emph> na <emph> Formato </ emph> área."
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12704,7 +12703,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo \">Insire información capítulo, como o título do capítulo e número. Seleccionea información que quere amosar no <emph> entrada capítulo </ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12722,7 +12721,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry \">Seleccione a información capítulo que desexa incluír na entrada de índice.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12738,7 +12737,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id6739402\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o nivel de xerarquía máxima ata que osobxectos son presentados no índice xerado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12756,7 +12755,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle \">Especifique o estilo de formato para as principais entradas no índicealfabético. Para converter unha entrada de índice nunha entrada principal,prema diante do campo de índice no documento e, a continuación, escoller<emph> Editar - </ emph> <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" nome=\\ \"entrada de índice \"> <emph> entrada de índice </ emph> </link>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12774,7 +12773,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim \"> Usaas letras iniciais das entradas de índice alfabético como títulos deseccións. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12792,7 +12791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep \">Organiza as entradas de índice na mesma liña, separadas por comas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120223.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12818,7 +12817,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the illustration index entries. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato para as entradas deilustración do índice. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120223.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12853,7 +12852,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato para as entradas nuníndice de táboas. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120224.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12888,7 +12887,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato para as entradas nuníndice definido polo usuario. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120225.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12897,7 +12896,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Índices definidos polo usuario non soportan sub-chaves."
 
 #: 04120226.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12923,7 +12922,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato para as entradas nunhatáboa de obxectos. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120226.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12958,7 +12957,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for bibliography entries.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"eintraege \"> Especifique o formato das entradasbibliográficas. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12993,7 +12992,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=\".\">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lista as entradas bibliográficas dispoñibles. <ahelp hid=\".\"> Paraengadir unha entrada á liña Estrutura, prema na entrada, prema nunha caixabaleira na liña de Estrutura e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>. </ahelp>Usar <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp \" name=\\ \"Definirentrada Bibliográfica \"> </link> diálogo Configurar Entrada Bibliográficapara engadir novas entradas."
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13011,7 +13010,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/inserir \"> Engadeo código de referencia para a entrada de bibliografía seleccionada para aliña de Estrutura. Seleccione unha entrada da lista, prema nunha caixabaleira e, a continuación, prema neste botón. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13029,7 +13028,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/eliminar \">Elimina o código de referencia seleccionado a partir da liña Estrutura. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13065,7 +13064,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos \">Clasifica as entradas bibliográficas de acordo coa posición das súasreferencias no documento. </ahelp> Seleccione esta opción se quere empregaras referencias numeradas automaticamente."
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13083,7 +13082,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents \">Clasifica as entradas bibliográficas por parte das claves de clasificaciónque se especifica, por exemplo, por autor ou por ano de publicación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13110,7 +13109,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb \">Seleccione a entrada pola que clasificar as entradas bibliográficas. Estaopción só está dispoñible se selecciona o <emph> Índice </ emph> botón deopción no <emph> Ordenar por </ emph> área. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13128,7 +13127,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb \"> Clasificaas entradas bibliográficas en orde crecente alfanumérico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13146,7 +13145,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb \">Clasifica as entradas bibliográficas en orde alfanumérica descendente. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120229.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13172,7 +13171,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog\">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog \"> Cambiar o contido dunha entrada de bibliografía.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120229.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13208,7 +13207,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER \"> Mostra o nome curto para aentrada de bibliografía. Só podes entrar un nome aquí, se está creando unhanova entrada de bibliografía. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120229.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13217,7 +13216,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4 \"> Este é o lugar onde vostedeselecciona os datos de entrada desexados para a súa bibliografia. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120229.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13235,7 +13234,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE \"> Seleccione a fonte para aentrada de bibliografía. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120229.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13244,7 +13243,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Formatting bibliography entries\">Formatting bibliography entries</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Entradas bibliográficas <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp \" name=\"entradas bibliográficas formato \"> Formatar </link>"
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13260,7 +13259,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3148768\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>editing; concordance files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concordance files; definition</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> edición; ficheiros de concordancia </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> ficheiros de concordancia; definición </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13278,7 +13277,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog \"> Crear ou editar unha lista de palabras para incluírnun índice alfabético. </ahelp> Un ficheiro de concordancia lista palabrasque deben ser referenciados nun índice alfabético, xunto co número (s)páxina onde aparecen no documento."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13286,7 +13285,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id837427\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podes usar o botón Buscar todos no diálogo Localizar e substituír para destacar todas as partes onde a palabra aparece, logo abra a caixa de diálogo Inserir entrada de índice para engadir esta palabra e lugares para o índice alfabético. Con todo, se precisa dun mesmo conxunto de índices alfabéticos en varios documentos, o ficheiro de concordancia permite entrar cada palabra só unha vez, a continuación, use a lista varias veces."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13304,7 +13303,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla <emph> Inserir - Índices e táboas - Índices e táboas - Índice/Táboa </ emph>."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13313,7 +13312,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select \"Alphabetical Index\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Introduza </ emph> caixa, seleccione \"Índice Alfabético \"."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13322,7 +13321,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> Opcións </ emph> área, seleccione o <emph> ficheiro de concordancia caixa de verificación </ emph>."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13331,7 +13330,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prema no arquivo <emph> botón <emph /> e escolla <emph> Nova </ emph> ou <emph> Editar </ emph>."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13367,7 +13366,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The \"Search term\" or the \"Alternative entry\" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys."
-msgstr "A primeira e a segunda chave son entradas superiores de índice. \"Termo de busca\" ou \"Entrada alternativa\" aparecen como subentrada so a primeira e a segunda chave."
+msgstr "A primeira e a segunda chave son entradas superiores de índice.\"Termo de busca\" ou \"Entrada alternativa\" aparecen como subentrada so a primeira e a segunda chave."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13537,7 +13536,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"literaturvz \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">. Insire unha bibliografía de referencia </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13564,7 +13563,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography \"> Insire unha referencia da base de datos bibliografía. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13582,7 +13581,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument \">Insire unha referencia a partir dos rexistros bibliográficos que sealmacenan no documento actual. </ahelp> Unha entrada que se garda nodocumento ten prioridade sobre unha entrada que se garda na base de datosbibliografía."
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13609,7 +13608,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb\">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb \">Seleccione o nome curto do rexistro bibliografía que quere inserir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13645,7 +13644,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert\">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/inserir \">Insire a referencia bibliográfica no documento. Se creou un novo rexistro,tamén debe inserir-lo como unha entrada, se non, o rexistro pérdese candopechar o documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13663,7 +13662,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close\">Pecha a caixa de diálogo.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close\">Pecha a caixa dediálogo.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13681,7 +13680,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/novo \"> Abre o<link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp \" name=\\ \"Definirentrada Bibliográfica \"> Definir entrada Bibliográfica </link> de diálogo,onde pode crear un novo rexistro bibliografía. Este rexistro só se almacenano documento. Para engadir un rexistro na base de datos bibliografía,escolla <emph> Ferramentas -. Bibliografia base de datos </ emph> </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13699,7 +13698,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/editar \"> Abreo <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp \" name=\\ \"Definirentrada Bibliográfica \"> Definir entrada Bibliográfica </link>, na cal podeeditar o rexistro bibliografía seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13708,7 +13707,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guía/indices_literature.xhp \" name=\"Consellos para traballar con entradas bibliográficas \"> Consellos para traballar con entradas bibliográficas </link>"
 
 #: 04130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13734,7 +13733,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"Rahm \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertFrame \"> Insire unmarco que pode usar para crear un esquema de unha ou máis columnas de textoe obxectos </ahelp> </. variable>"
 
 #: 04130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13743,7 +13742,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para editar un marco, prema no bordo para selecciona-lo e, a continuación, escolla <emph> Formato - Marco/Obxecto </ emph>. Tamén pode cambiar o tamaño ou mover un marco seleccionado usando especial <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp \" \\ name=\"teclas de atallo \"> teclas de atallo </link>."
 
 #: 04130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13770,7 +13769,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na área de visualización do <emph> Marco </ emph> diálogo, a estrutura é representada por un rectángulo verde, ea área de referencia por un rectángulo vermello."
 
 #: 04130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13797,7 +13796,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"syrahmentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertFrameInteract\"> Debuxa un marco onde arrastra no documento. Prema na frecha ao lado daicona para seleccionar o número de columnas para o cadro. </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 04130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13813,7 +13812,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154506\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> movemento; obxectos e marcos </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> obxectos; mover e redimensionar co teclado </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> Adaptación; obxectos e cadros, por teclado </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13840,7 +13839,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para mover un marco ou obxecto seleccionado, prema nunha tecla de frecha. Para mover un pixel, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e prema unha tecla de frecha."
 
 #: 04130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13849,7 +13848,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar o tamaño dun marco ou obxecto seleccionado, primeiro prema Ctrl + Tab. Agora unha das alzas de pisca para amosar que está seleccionado. Para seleccionar outra alza, prema Ctrl + Tab novo. Prema unha tecla de frecha para redimensionar o obxecto nunha unidade de rede. Para cambiar o tamaño dun pixel, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e prema unha tecla de frecha."
 
 #: 04130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13858,7 +13857,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"Text document - Grid\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</link></emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O incremento polo cal se move un obxecto co teclado determínase pola reixa do documento. Para cambiar as propiedades da grade do documento, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline > </ switchinline> - <link href =\"text/Optionen/01050100.xhp \\/shared\" \\ name=\"documento de texto - Reixa \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grade </link> </ emph>."
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13884,7 +13883,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"tabelletext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertTable \">Insire unha táboa no documento. Tamén pode premer na frecha, arrastrar paraseleccionar o número de liñas e columnas a seren incluídas na táboa e, acontinuación, prema na última cela. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13902,7 +13901,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para converter texto nunha táboa, seleccione o texto e, a continuación, escolla <emph> Táboa - Converter - Texto en táboa </ emph>."
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13910,7 +13909,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10642\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir unha táboa nunha táboa, prema nunha cela da táboa e escolla <emph> Táboa - Inserir - Táboa </ emph>."
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13919,7 +13918,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "50\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ [Officename] pode formatar automaticamente os números que escribe nunha cela da táboa, por exemplo, datas e horarios. Para activar este recurso, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline > -% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Táboa </ emph> e prema no botón <emph> Recoñecemento de números <caixa de verificación/emph> na entrada <emph> en táboas </ emph> área."
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13937,7 +13936,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit\">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameEdit \"> Introduzaun nome para a táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13973,7 +13972,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin \"> Introduzao número de columnas que quere na táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13991,7 +13990,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin\">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin \"> Introduzao número de liñas que desexa na táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14027,7 +14026,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "43\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb\">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb \"> Inclúeunha liña de título na táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14045,7 +14044,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb\">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb \"> Repite otítulo da táboa na parte superior da páxina posterior a táboa ocupar máisdunha páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14061,7 +14060,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10758\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin\">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin \">Seleccione o número de liñas que desexa usar para o título. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14079,7 +14078,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "45\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb\">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb \"> Impideque a táboa que engloban máis dunha páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14097,7 +14096,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/bordercb\">Adds a border to the table cells.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/bordercb \"> Engade unbordo ás células da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14115,7 +14114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/autoformat\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"autoformattext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/AutoFormatação \"> Abre o <emph> AutoFormatação de diálogo </emph>, onde pode seleccionar un esquema predefinido para a táboa. </ahelp></ variable>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14133,7 +14132,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na barra de ferramentas Inserir, prema na táboa </ emph> icona <emph> para abrir a caixa de diálogo <emph> Inserir táboa </ emph>, onde pode inserir unha táboa no documento actual. Tamén pode premer na frecha, arrastrar para seleccionar o número de liñas e columnas a seren incluídas na táboa e, a continuación, prema na última cela."
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14142,7 +14141,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Table - Text Flow\">Table - Table Properties - Text Flow</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Táboa - Fluxo de texto \"> Táboa - Propiedades de táboa - Fluxo de texto </link>"
 
 #: 04150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14151,7 +14150,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> - <link href=\"text /shared/optionen/01040500.xhp \"name=\" Writer - Táboa \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Táboa </link>"
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14167,7 +14166,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3145799\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>databases; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>address books; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exchanging databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;databases</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> bases de datos; intercambio de libros </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> enderezo; troco </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> cambiar bases de datos </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> substituíndo; bases de datos </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14185,7 +14184,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"datenbankaustext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno:ChangeDatabaseField \">. Cambie as fontes de datos para o documento actual </ahelp> Para mostrar correctamente o contido dos campos inseridos, a base dedatos de substitución debe conter campo nomes idénticos. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14230,7 +14229,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb\">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb \">Lista as bases de datos que están actualmente en uso. </ahelp> O presentedocumento contén polo menos un campo de datos de cada un dos bancos de datosda lista."
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14248,7 +14247,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb\">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb \">Lista as bases de datos que están rexistrados no <item type=\\ \"productname\">% PRODUCTNAME </ item>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14264,7 +14263,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106DF\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse\">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/Investigación\"> Abre unha caixa de diálogo de abertura de ficheiros para seleccionar unficheiro de base de datos (* .odb). O ficheiro seleccionado engádese á listade bases de datos dispoñibles. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14282,7 +14281,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define\">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/definir \">Substitúe a fonte de datos actual coa fonte de datos que seleccionou no<emph> Dispoñible Databases </ emph> lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14318,7 +14317,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla <emph> Editar - Cambio de base de datos </ emph>."
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14327,7 +14326,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Bases de datos en uso </ emph> lista, seleccione a táboa de base de datos que quere substituír."
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14336,7 +14335,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <emph> Dispoñible Databases </ emph> lista, seleccione a táboa de base de datos de substitución."
 
 #: 04180400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14371,7 +14370,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"Datei \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertDoc \">. Insire unficheiro de texto na posición actual do cursor </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 04190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14379,7 +14378,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105BD\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\">insert a section</link> for details."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para ter sempre a última versión do contido dun ficheiro, insira unha sección no seu documento, e logo insira unha ligazón ao ficheiro de texto na sección. Vexa <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp \" \\> inserir unha sección </link> para máis detalles."
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14405,7 +14404,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"scripttext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertScript \">. Insireun script na posición actual do cursor nun documento HTML ou texto </ahelp></ variable>"
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14414,7 +14413,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"View\">View</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un guión inserida indícase por un pequeno rectángulo verde. Se non ve o rectángulo, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> -% PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01040200.xhp \" name=\"Ver \"> Ver </link> </ emph> e seleccione < emph> Comentarios </ emph> caixa de selección. Para editar un script, prema dúas veces no rectángulo verde."
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14423,7 +14422,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se o documento contén máis dun script, o diálogo <emph> Editar Script </ emph> contén os botóns anterior e seguinte para saltar de script para script."
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14431,16 +14430,15 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0903200802541668\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Ir Script anterior. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "04200000.xhp\n"
 "par_id0903200802541770\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Seleccione o formato de ficheiro.</ahelp>"
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Ir ao seguinte script.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14467,7 +14465,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype\">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\">."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype \">Introduza o tipo de script que desexa inserir. </ahelp> O scriptidentifícase no código fonte HTML pola etiqueta <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\\\"JavaScript \">."
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14485,7 +14483,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry\">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>), locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry \"> Engadeunha ligazón a un arquivo guión. Prema na URL </ emph> botón <emph> e, acontinuación, entrar no enlace na caixa. Tamén pode premer no botón Buscar(<emph> ... </ emph>), localizar o ficheiro e prema en <emph> Inserir </emph>. </ahelp> O ficheiro de script ligado identifícase no código HTMLCódigo polas seguintes etiquetas:"
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14530,7 +14528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse\">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse \"> Localice oficheiro de script que quere vincular e prema en <emph> Inserir </ emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14548,7 +14546,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text\">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text \"> Introduza ocódigo de script que desexa inserir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 04220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14574,7 +14572,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertPageHeader \"> Engade ou elimina unha cabeceirado estilo de páxina que seleccione no submenú. A cabeceira engádese a todasas páxinas que usan o mesmo estilo de páxina. </ahelp> Nun documento novo,só o \\ \"Default \" estilo de páxina está listado. Outros estilos de páxinaengádense á lista despois de que aplicala las no documento."
 
 #: 04220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14582,7 +14580,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id2326425\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "As cabeceiras son visibles só cando ver o documento no esquema de impresión (activar <emph> Ver - Esquema de impresión </ emph>)."
 
 #: 04220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14600,7 +14598,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar unha cabeceira, escolla <emph> Inserir - Cabeceira </ emph>, e logo seleccione o estilo de páxina que contén a cabeceira. A cabeceira é eliminado de todas as páxinas que usan ese estilo de páxina."
 
 #: 04220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14609,7 +14607,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header - All</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para engadir ou eliminar cabeceiras de todos os estilos de páxina que están en uso no documento, escolla <emph> Inserir - Cabeceira - Todos </ emph>."
 
 #: 04220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14618,7 +14616,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To format a header, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para formatar unha cabeceira, escolla <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Páxina - Cabeceira \"> <emph> Formato - Páxina - Cabeceira </ emph> </ link >."
 
 #: 04230000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14644,7 +14642,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: InsertPageFooter \"> Engade ou elimina un pé de páxinado estilo de páxina que seleccione no submenú. O pé é engadido a todas aspáxinas que usan o mesmo estilo de páxina. </ahelp> Nun documento novo, sóo \\ \"Default \" estilo de páxina está listado. Outros estilos de páxinaengádense á lista despois de que aplicala las no documento."
 
 #: 04230000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14652,7 +14650,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7026276\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Os rodapés son visibles só cando ver o documento no esquema de impresión (activar <emph> Ver - Esquema de impresión </ emph>)."
 
 #: 04230000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14670,7 +14668,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar un pé, seleccione <emph> Inserir - Pé </ emph>, e logo seleccione o estilo de páxina que contén o rodapé. O pé é eliminado de todas as páxinas que usan ese estilo de páxina."
 
 #: 04230000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14679,7 +14677,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Footer - All</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para engadir ou eliminar rodapés de todos os estilos de páxina que están en uso no documento, escolla <emph> Inserir - Pé - Todos </ emph>."
 
 #: 04230000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14688,7 +14686,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To format a footer, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para formatar un pé, seleccione <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Páxina - Pé \"> <emph> Formato - Páxina - Pé </ emph> </ link >."
 
 #: 04990000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14714,7 +14712,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The submenu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>Other</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Insire un campo na posición actual do cursor. O submenú lista os tipos de campo máis comúns. Para ver todos os campos dispoñibles, escolla <emph> Outros </ emph>."
 
 #: 04990000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14739,7 +14737,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id2502212\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>text flow;at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting;text flow</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>block protect, see also widows or orphans</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> fluxo de texto; no breaks </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> parágrafos; mantendo xuntos no breaks </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> protexer; texto flow</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>block protexer, ver tamén as viúvas ou orfos </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14757,7 +14755,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage\">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage \"> Especifique asopcións de hifenização e paxinación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14775,7 +14773,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"hyphenation\">hyphenation</link> options for text documents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique o <link href=\"text/swriter/guía/using_hyphen.xhp \" name=\"hifenização \"> opcións de hifenização </link> para documentos de texto."
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14793,7 +14791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto\">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto \"> insereautomaticamente guións onde son necesarios nun parágrafo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14811,7 +14809,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd\">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd \"> Introduza o númeromínimo de caracteres para saír ao final da liña antes dun guión estáinserido. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14829,7 +14827,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin\">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin \"> Introduza onúmero mínimo de caracteres que deben aparecer no inicio da liña despois doguión. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14847,7 +14845,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum\">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum \"> Introduza o númeromáximo de liñas consecutivas que poden ser hifenizadas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14865,7 +14863,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the page or column <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\">break</link> options."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique a páxina ou columna <link href=\"text/swriter/guía/page_break.xhp \" name=\"romper \"> break </link> opcións."
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14883,7 +14881,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert\">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert \"> Marque esta caixade verificación e, a continuación, seleccione o tipo de quebra que desexausar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14901,7 +14899,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "41\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType\">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType \"> Seleccione otipo de quebra que desexa inserir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14919,7 +14917,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition\">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition \"> Seleccioneonde desexa inserir a quebra. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14937,7 +14935,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle\">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle \"> Marque estacaixa de verificación e, a continuación, seleccione o estilo de páxina quedesexa utilizar para a primeira páxina tras a quebra. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14955,7 +14953,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle\">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle \"> Seleccione oestilo de formato a empregar para a primeira páxina tras a quebra. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14973,7 +14971,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber\">Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select \"0\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber \"> Introduza onúmero da páxina que quere que apareza na primeira páxina tras a quebra. Sequere usar a numeración de páxina actual, seleccione \\ \"0 \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15009,7 +15007,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara\">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara \"> Desprázase oparágrafo enteiro á seguinte páxina ou columna tras a inserción dunha pausa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15027,7 +15025,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara\">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara \"> Mantén oparágrafo actual eo parágrafo seguinte xuntos cando un descanso descanso oucolumna está inserido. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15045,7 +15043,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan \"> Especifica o númeromínimo de liñas nun parágrafo antes dunha quebra de páxina. Marque estacaixa de verificación e, a continuación, escriba un número na <emph> Liñas</ emph> caixa. </ahelp> Se o número de liñas no fin da páxina é menor queo valor especificado nas <emph> Liñas </emph> caixa, o parágrafo édesprazada á seguinte páxina."
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15063,7 +15061,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow \"> Especifica o númeromínimo de liñas nun parágrafo na primeira páxina tras a quebra. Marque estacaixa de verificación e, a continuación, escriba un número na <emph> Liñas</ emph> caixa. </ahelp> Se o número de liñas na parte superior da páxina émenor que o valor especificado nas <emph> Liñas </emph> caixa, a posiciónda quebra é axustado."
 
 #: 05030200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15072,7 +15070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "45\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"Orphans\">Orphans</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # Schuster \" name=\"Orphans \"> Órfãos </link>."
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15088,7 +15086,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id7635731\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>first letters as large capital letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;starting paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop caps insertion</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> primeiras letras como grandes maiúsculas </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> maiúsculas; parágrafos desde </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> capitulares inserción </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15106,7 +15104,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage \">Formata a primeira letra dun parágrafo cunha gran letra maiúscula, que podeestenderse por varias liñas. O parágrafo debe abranguer polo menos as liñasque se especifica no cadro Liñas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15133,7 +15131,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH \">Aplica a configuración capitulares ao parágrafo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15151,7 +15149,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD \">Mostra a primeira letra da primeira palabra do parágrafo como unhacapitular, e as letras restantes da palabra tan grande tipo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15169,7 +15167,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS \">Introduza o número de caracteres para converter a caer caps. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15187,7 +15185,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES \">Introduza o número de liñas que quere que a capitular para estender abaixo apartir da primeira liña do parágrafo. Parágrafos máis curtos non se soltarcaps. </ahelp> A selección é limitada a 9/2 liñas."
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15205,7 +15203,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE \">Insire a cantidade de espazo a deixar entre as capitulares eo resto do textono parágrafo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15232,7 +15230,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT \">Introduza o texto que desexa mostrar como capitulares no canto de asprimeiras letras do parágrafo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15250,7 +15248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE \">Seleccione o estilo de formato que desexa aplicar aos capitulares. </ahelp> Para usar o estilo de formato do parágrafo actual, seleccione[Ningún] ."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15276,7 +15274,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\">Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_NUMPARA \"> Engade ou elimina nivel de destaque,numeración ou de marcadores do parágrafo. Tamén pode seleccionar o estilo denumeración de usar, e axustar a numeración nunha lista numerada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15285,7 +15283,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>Format - Styles and </emph>Formatting, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar as opcións de numeración para os parágrafos que usan o mesmo estilo de parágrafo, escolla <emph> Formato - Estilos e </ emph> Formato e, a continuación, prema na icona <emph> Estilos de parágrafo </ emph>. Dereito do rato no estilo da lista, escolla <emph> Editar </ emph>, e logo prema na pestana <emph> Contorno e numeración </ emph>."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15294,7 +15292,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar as opcións de numeración para os parágrafos seleccionados, escolla <emph> Formato - </ emph> <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp \" name=\"Parágrafo \"> <emph> Parágrafo </ emph> </link>, e logo prema na pestana <emph> Contorno e numeración </ emph>."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15310,7 +15308,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id1209200804371097\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Body text</emph> to reset the outline level."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Atribúe un nivel destacado 1-10 aos parágrafosseleccionados ou estilo de parágrafo. </ahelp> Seleccionar <emph> O textodo corpo </ emph> para restaurar o nivel de destaque."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15337,7 +15335,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">Select the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window if you click the <emph>Numbering Style</emph> icon."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: listbox: TP_NUMPARA: LB_NUMBER_STYLE \"> Seleccione <linkhref=\\ \"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp \" name=\\ \"Estilo denumeración \"> Numeración Estilo </link> que quere aplicar ao parágrafo. </ahelp> Estes estilos tamén están listados no <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/ 01/05140000.xhp \" name=\\ \"Estilos e formatado \"> Estilos e formatado</link> ventá se fai clic no <emph> Numeración Estilo </ emph> icona."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15346,7 +15344,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta sección só aparece cando editar as propiedades do parágrafo actual, escollendo <emph> Formato - Parágrafo </ emph>."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15364,7 +15362,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: TRISTATEBOX: TP_NUMPARA: CB_NEW_START \">. Reinicia anumeración no parágrafo actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15382,7 +15380,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START \"> Marque estacaixa de verificación e, a continuación, escriba o número que quereatribuír ao parágrafo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15400,7 +15398,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: NumericField: TP_NUMPARA: NF_NEW_START \">. Introduza onúmero que desexa atribuír ao parágrafo </ahelp> Os parágrafos seguintesson numeradas consecutivamente a partir do número que entra aquí."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15418,7 +15416,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line numbering\">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique o <link href =\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp \" \\ name=\"A numeración de liñas \"> numeración de liña </link> opcións. Para engadir números de liña ao seu documento, escolla <emph> Ferramentas - Numeración de liñas </ emph>."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15436,7 +15434,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: TRISTATEBOX: TP_NUMPARA: CB_COUNT_PARA \">. Inclúe oparágrafo actual na numeración de liña </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15454,7 +15452,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: TRISTATEBOX: TP_NUMPARA: CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT \">.Reinicia a numeración no parágrafo actual liña, ou ao número que escribir </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15472,7 +15470,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: NumericField: TP_NUMPARA: NF_RESTART_PARA \"> Introduza onúmero no que reiniciar a numeración de liña </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15498,7 +15496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"seitetext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: PageDialog \">.Especifique os estilos de formatado eo deseño para o estilo de páxinaactual, incluíndo marxes da páxina, cabeceiras e pés de páxina, e o fondo dapáxina </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15524,7 +15522,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage\">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"spaltentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage \"> Especifica o número de columnas eo esquema decolumna a un estilo de páxina, marco ou sección. </ ahelp > </ variable>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15560,7 +15558,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf \"> Introduza onúmero de columnas que quere na páxina, marco ou sección. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15587,7 +15585,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Evenly distribute contents to all columns"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Distribuír contido uniformemente en todas as columnas"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15596,7 +15594,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp> Evenly distributes the text in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\">multi-column sections</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Distribúe o texto en secciónscon varias columna. O texto flúe para todas as columnas á mesma altura. Aaltura da sección axusta automaticamente. </ahelp> distribúe uniformementeo texto en <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp \" \\ name=\\\"seccións multi-columna \"> seccións con varias columna </link>."
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15614,7 +15612,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se o <emph> ancho automática </ emph> caixa de verificación non está seleccionada, escriba as opcións de ancho e espazamento das columnas."
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15650,7 +15648,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back\">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back \"> Move avisualización da columna unha columna á esquerda. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15685,7 +15683,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next\">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/seguinte \"> Move avisualización da columna unha columna á dereita. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15720,7 +15718,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "43\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf\">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf \"> Introduzaa largura da columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15738,7 +15736,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf \"> Insire acantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre as columnas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15747,7 +15745,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "AutoWidth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "AutoLargura"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15756,7 +15754,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth\">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ancho \"> Crea columnasde igual ancho. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15801,7 +15799,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb\">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"None\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de formato para a liña separadora columna. Se non queresunha liña separadora, escolla \\ \"Non hai \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15819,7 +15817,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf \">Introduza a lonxitude da liña separadora como unha porcentaxe da altura daárea de columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15837,7 +15835,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb\">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb \">Seleccione o aliñamento vertical da liña separadora. Esta opción só estádispoñible se <emph> Altura </ emph> valor da liña é inferior a 100%. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15855,7 +15853,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb\">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb \">Seleccione o elemento que quere aplicar o esquema da columna para. </ahelp>Esta opción só está dispoñible se poida acceder a este diálogo, escollendo<emph> Formato - Columnas </ emph>."
 
 #: 05040501.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15934,7 +15932,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE \"> Especifica as opcións de deseño para asnotas ao pé de páxina, incluíndo a liña que separa a nota de rodapé docorpo principal do documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15970,7 +15968,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: RadioButton: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE \">.Axusta automaticamente a altura da área de rodapé en función do número denotas de rodapé </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15988,7 +15986,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Define unha altura máxima para a área da nota ao pé depáxina. Active esta opción, a continuación, introduza a altura. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15997,7 +15995,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: METRICFIELD: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: ED_MAXHEIGHT \">.Introduza a altura máxima para a área da nota ao pé de páxina </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16015,7 +16013,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: METRICFIELD: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: ED_DIST \">. Introduza acantidade de espazo a deixar entre a marxe inferior da páxina ea primeiraliña de texto no área de nota </ ​​ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16051,7 +16049,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: listbox: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: DLB_LINEPOS \">. Seleccione oaliñamento horizontal para a liña que separa o texto principal da área denota </ ​​ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16069,7 +16067,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: METRICFIELD: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: ED_LINEWIDTH \">.Introduza a lonxitude da liña separadora como unha porcentaxe da páxina áreade ancho </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16087,7 +16085,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"0.0 pt\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: listbox: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: DLB_LINETYPE \"> Seleccione oestilo de formato para a liña separadora. Se non queres unha liñaseparadora, escolla \\ \"0.0 gl \". </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16105,7 +16103,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: METRICFIELD: TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE: ED_LINEDIST \">. Introduzaa cantidade de espazo a deixar entre a liña separadora ea primeira liña daárea de nota </ ​​ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16114,7 +16112,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para especificar o espazamento entre dúas notas de rodapé, escolla <item type=\"menuitem \"> Formato - Parágrafo </ item> e, a continuación, prema no botón <emph> recuos e espazamento </ emph> a ficha."
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16140,7 +16138,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"\" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Especifica onde as notas ao péde páxina e notas de fin aparecen, así como os seus formatos de numeración.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16149,7 +16147,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "This tab is not available in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link> view."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta guía non está dispoñible en <link href =\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp \" \\ name=\"Esquema de impresión \"> Esquema de impresión </link> vista."
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16176,7 +16174,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Engade notas ao pé de páxina aofinal da sección. Se a sección se estende por máis dunha páxina, as notasao pé de páxina engádense á parte inferior da páxina na que as áncoras denotas ao pé de páxina aparecen. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16194,7 +16192,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum\" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> reinicia a numeración para o número que seespecifica nota. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16212,7 +16210,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o número que desexaatribuír á nota. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16230,7 +16228,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Especifica un formato denumeración personalizado para as notas ao pé de páxina. </ahelp> Esta caixade verificación só está dispoñible se o <emph> numeración Restart caixa deverificación </ emph> é o seleccionado."
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16248,7 +16246,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o texto que desexa mostrarfronte ao número nota. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16257,7 +16255,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Spin button own format"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Botón de rotación propio formato"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16266,7 +16264,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Seleccione o estilo denumeración para as notas ao pé de páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16284,7 +16282,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o texto que desexa mostrardespois do número de notas de rodapé. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16311,7 +16309,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Engade notas de fin ao final dasección. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16329,7 +16327,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum\" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Reinicia a numeración da nota final ao númeroque se especifica. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16347,7 +16345,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o número que desexaatribuír á nota final. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16365,7 +16363,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Especifica un formato denumeración personalizado para as notas finais. </ahelp> Esta caixa deverificación só está dispoñible se o <emph> Restart numeración </ emph>caixa de verificación está marcada."
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16383,7 +16381,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o texto que desexa mostrardiante do número da nota final </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16392,7 +16390,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Spin button own format"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Botón de rotación propio formato"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16401,7 +16399,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "33\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Seleccione o estilo denumeración para as notas finais. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16419,7 +16417,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Introduza o texto que desexa mostrardespois do número da nota final. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16435,7 +16433,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3150760\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> reixa de texto para o esquema de Asia </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16453,7 +16451,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade unha grade de texto ao estilo de páxina actual.Esta opción só está dispoñible se o soporte para idiomas asiáticos estáactivado en <emph> Configuración de idioma -. Idiomas </ emph> na caixa dediálogo Opcións </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16471,7 +16469,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID\">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID \">Engade ou elimina unha reixa de texto para liñas ou caracteres para oestilo de páxina actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16498,7 +16496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE\">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE\"> Introduza o número máximo de liñas que quere nunha páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16516,7 +16514,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE\">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE\"> Introduza o número máximo de caracteres que quere nunha liña. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16534,7 +16532,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE\">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE \">Introduza o tamaño máximo do texto base. Un gran resultados de valor enmenos caracteres por liña. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16552,7 +16550,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE\">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE \">Introduza o tamaño da fonte para o texto Ruby. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16570,7 +16568,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW\">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW \">Mostra o texto Ruby á esquerda ou debaixo do texto base. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16588,7 +16586,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "1\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR\">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR \">Especifica as opcións de impresión ea cor da reixa de texto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16614,7 +16612,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"grafiktext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: GraphicDialog \">.Formata o tamaño, posición e outras propiedades da gráfica seleccionado </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16623,7 +16621,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also change some of the properties of the selected graphic with <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode cambiar algunhas das propiedades da gráfica seleccionado con <link href =\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp \" \\ name=\"teclas de atallo \"> teclas de atallo </link>."
 
 #: 05060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16632,7 +16630,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>Picture</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O cadro de diálogo <emph> Ficheiro </ emph>, as páxinas de guía:"
 
 #: 05060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16657,7 +16655,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id9646290\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>resizing;aspect ratio</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aspect ratio;resizing objects</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> Adaptación; proporción </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> relación de aspecto; redimensionar obxectos </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16675,7 +16673,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrmTypePage\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrmTypePage \">Especifica o tamaño ea posición do obxecto seleccionado ou cadro nunhapáxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16702,7 +16700,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ancho \"> Introduza alargura que quere para o obxecto seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16720,7 +16718,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth \"> Calcula oancho do obxecto seleccionado como unha porcentaxe do ancho da área detexto da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16728,7 +16726,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "hd_id3154647\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Relative width relation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Relación ancho relativa"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16736,7 +16734,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id3145414\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation\">Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation \">Decide o que ancho de 100% significa :. Ou área de texto (excluíndo marxes)ou a páxina completa (incluíndo as marxes) </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16754,7 +16752,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/altura \"> Introduza aaltura que quere para o obxecto seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16772,7 +16770,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight \"> Calculaa altura do obxecto seleccionado como unha porcentaxe da altura da área detexto da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16780,7 +16778,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "hd_id3154648\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Relative height relation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Relación altura relativa"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16788,7 +16786,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id3145415\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation\">Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation \">Decide o que significa 100% altura :. Ou área de texto (excluíndo marxes) oua páxina completa (incluíndo as marxes) </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16806,7 +16804,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relación \"> Mantén aproporción de alto e ancho cando cambiar o ancho ou o axuste da altura. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16824,7 +16822,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize \"> redefinea configuración de tamaño do obxecto seleccionado para os valores orixinais.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16851,7 +16849,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoHeight \"> Axustaautomaticamente a largura ou a altura dunha armazón para coincidir cocontido do cadro. Se quere, pode especificar un ancho mínimo ou alturamínima para o cadro. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16860,7 +16858,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "43\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A opción <emph> Automático </ emph> só está dispoñible cando selecciona un cadro."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16878,7 +16876,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique as opcións de ancoraxe para o obxecto ou marco seleccionado. As opcións de ancoraxe non están dispoñibles cando abre a caixa de diálogo de ventá Estilos e formatado."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16896,7 +16894,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ToPage \"> Ancora aselección á páxina actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16914,7 +16912,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara \"> Ancora aselección do parágrafo actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16932,7 +16930,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar \"> Ancora aselección a un personaxe. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16950,7 +16948,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar \"> Ancora aselección como personaxe. A altura da liña actual é redimensionada paracorresponden á altura da selección. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16986,7 +16984,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos \"> Seleccionea opción de aliñamento horizontal para o obxecto. </ahelp> Esta opción nonestá dispoñible se escolleu \\ \"ancora como personaxe \"."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17004,7 +17002,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori \"> Insire acantidade de espazo a deixar entre o bordo esquerda do obxecto seleccionadoeo punto de referencia que seleccionar o <emph> Para </ emph> caixa. </ahelp> Esta opción só está dispoñible se selecciona \\ \"de esquerda \" en<emph> Horizontal </ emph> caixa."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17022,7 +17020,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor \">Seleccione o punto de referencia para a opción de aliñamento horizontalseleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17049,7 +17047,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/espello \"> Inverte aconfiguración actuais de aliñamento horizontal nas páxinas pares. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17058,7 +17056,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "54\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Picture\"><emph>Picture</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode usar o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp \" name=\"Picture \"> <emph> Ficheiro </ emph> </link> opcións de aleta para axustar o esquema de obxectos en páxinas pares e impares."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17076,7 +17074,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos \"> Seleccionea opción de aliñamento vertical para o obxecto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17103,7 +17101,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert \"> Insire acantidade de espazo a deixar entre o bordo superior do obxecto seleccionadoeo punto de referencia que seleccionar o <emph> Para </ emph> caixa. </ahelp> Esta opción só está dispoñible se selecciona \\ \"Do Top \" ou \\ \"debaixo \" (como personaxe) en <emph> Vertical </ emph> caixa."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17121,7 +17119,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor \">Seleccione o punto de referencia para a opción de aliñamento verticalseleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17137,7 +17135,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10A92\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow \">Mantén o obxecto seleccionado dentro dos límites de deseño do texto que oobxecto está ancorado. Para poñer o obxecto seleccionado en calquera lugarno seu documento, non seleccione esta opción. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17145,7 +17143,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10AA6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "By default, the <emph>Follow text flow</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of Writer older than OpenOffice.org 2.0. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Por defecto, o <emph> Segue o fluxo do texto opción <emph /> está seleccionada cando abra un documento que foi creado nunha versión do escritor máis vello do OpenOffice.org 2.0. Con todo, esta opción non está seleccionada cando se crea un documento ou cando abre un documento en formato Microsoft Word (* .doc)."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17163,7 +17161,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "66\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Anchor\"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Anchor \"> <emph> Formato - Referencia </ emph> </link>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17172,7 +17170,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "67\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Alignment\"><emph>Format - Alignment</emph></link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Aliñamento \"> <emph> Formato - Aliñamento </ emph> </link>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17198,7 +17196,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"umlauftext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: TextWrap \">. Especificaro xeito que quere texto arredor dun obxecto </ahelp> Tamén podeespecificar o espazamento entre o texto eo obxecto. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17234,7 +17232,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"keinumlauftext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none \"> coloca o obxecto nunha liña separada no documento. Otexto no documento aparece enriba e por debaixo do obxecto, pero non sobreos lados do obxecto. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17269,7 +17267,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/antes \"> texto Wraps naparte esquerda do obxecto, en todo espazo suficiente. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17304,7 +17302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/despois de \"> textoWraps no lado dereito do obxecto se hai espazo suficiente. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17339,7 +17337,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"seitenumlauftext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/paralelo \"> texto Wraps en todos os catro lados da beira do cadrodo obxecto. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17374,7 +17372,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"durchlauftext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/a través de \"> coloca o obxecto diante do texto. </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17409,7 +17407,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"dynamischertext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: WrapIdeal \">quebra automaticamente o texto á esquerda, á dereita, ou en todos os catrolados da beira do cadro do obxecto. Se a distancia entre o obxecto ea marxeda páxina é inferior a 2 cm, o texto non é parte. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17462,7 +17460,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"ersterabsatztext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: WrapAnchorOnly \">Inicia un novo parágrafo debaixo do obxecto despois que premer Intro </ahelp> O espazo entre os parágrafos determínase polo tamaño do. o obxecto.</ Variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17480,7 +17478,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"hintergrundtext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno:WrapThroughTransparent \"> Move o obxecto seleccionado ao fondo. Esta opciónsó está dispoñible se ten seleccionado a <emph> A través </ emph> tipo deenvoltura. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17498,7 +17496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "48\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"konturtext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: WrapContour \"> textoimplica a forma do obxecto. Esta opción non está dispoñible para o <emph> Através </ emph> tipo de envoltura, ou para cadros </ahelp> Para cambiar ocontorno dun obxecto, seleccione o obxecto e escolla <emph> Formato -. Wrap- </ emph> <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp \" name=\\\"Editar Contorno \"> <emph> Editar Contorno </ emph> </link>. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17516,7 +17514,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/fóra \"> texto Wraps sóarredor do contorno do obxecto, mais non en áreas abertas dentro da forma doobxecto. </ahelp> Esta opción non está dispoñible para marcos."
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17552,7 +17550,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/\\ left\"> Insire acantidade de espazo que desexa entre o bordo esquerda do obxecto e do texto.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17570,7 +17568,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/dereita \"> Insire acantidade de espazo que desexa entre o bordo dereita do obxecto e do texto.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17588,7 +17586,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top \"> Insire acantidade de espazo que desexa entre o bordo superior do obxecto eo texto.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17606,7 +17604,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/fondo \"> Insire acantidade de espazo que desexa entre o bordo inferior do obxecto e do texto.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17632,7 +17630,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"konturtext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: ContourDialog \"> Cambiao contorno do obxecto seleccionado. $ [Officename] usa o contorno aodeterminar a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp \" \\ name=\\\"quebra automática de texto \"> texto embrulhar </link> opcións para oobxecto. </ ahelp > </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17641,7 +17639,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND \"> Mostra unha previsualización docontorno. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17659,7 +17657,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY \"> Aplica o contorno para o obxectoseleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17694,7 +17692,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE \"> Exclúe o contorno personalizado.Prema aquí, e logo prema na área de visualización. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17729,7 +17727,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT \"> Cambia a modo de selección, de xeitoque pode seleccionar o contorno. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17764,7 +17762,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_RECT \"> Debuxa un contorno rectangular ondearrastrar a previsualización do obxecto. Para debuxar un cadrado, manteñapremida a tecla Maiús mentres arrastra. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17799,7 +17797,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE \"> Debuxa un contorno oval onde arrastraa visualización do obxecto. </ahelp> Para debuxar un círculo, manteñapremida a tecla Maiús mentres arrastra."
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17834,7 +17832,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_POLY \"> Debuxa un contorno pechado que consisteen segmentos de liñas rectas. Prema onde desexa iniciar o polígono earrastre para debuxar un segmento de liña. Prema de novo para definir o findo segmento de liña, e continuar a facer clic para definir os segmentos deliña resto do polígono. Prema dúas veces para concluír o debuxo do polígono.Para restrinxir o polígono de ángulos de 45 graos, manteña premida a teclaMaiús ao premer. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17869,7 +17867,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT \"> Permite alterar a forma do contorno.Prema aquí e, a continuación, arrastra as tirantes de contorno. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17904,7 +17902,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE \"> Permite que arrastra as tirantes decontorno para modificar a forma do contorno. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17939,7 +17937,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT \"> Insire unha alza que podearrastrar para modificar a forma do contorno. Prema aquí, e logo prema nocontorno contorno. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17974,7 +17972,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE \"> Elimina un punto do esbozo decontorno. Prema aquí e, a continuación, prema no punto que desexa eliminar.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18009,7 +18007,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR \"> debuxa automaticamente uncontorno ao redor do obxecto que se pode editar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18044,7 +18042,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">Reverses the last action.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO \"> Reverte a última acción. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18079,7 +18077,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_REDO \"> Reverte a acción do último <emph>Desfacer </ emph> comando. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18114,7 +18112,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "43\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE \"> Selecciona as partes do mapa de bitsque son da mesma cor. Prema aquí e, a continuación, prema nunha cor no mapade bits. Para aumentar a gama de cores que está seleccionada, aumentar ovalor no <emph> Tolerancia </ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18149,7 +18147,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "47\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza a tolerancia de cor para a cor Replacer comounha porcentaxe. Para aumentar a gama de cores que a cor Replacerselecciona, escriba unha porcentaxe alta. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18175,7 +18173,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage \">Especifique o flip e as opcións de enlace ao gráfico seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18202,7 +18200,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"vertikaltext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert \"> Inverte a gráfica seleccionado verticalmente. </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18220,7 +18218,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"horizontaltext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/Hori \"> Inverte a gráfica seleccionado horizontal. </ahelp></ variable>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18238,7 +18236,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/AllPages \"> Inverte agráfica seleccionado horizontal en todas as páxinas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18256,7 +18254,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages \"> Invertea gráfica seleccionado horizontal só nas páxinas pares. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18274,7 +18272,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages \"> Invertea gráfica seleccionado horizontal só nas páxinas impares. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18310,7 +18308,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entrada \"> Mostra ocamiño ao ficheiro gráfico ligado. Para cambiar a ligazón, prema no botónBuscar (<emph> ... </ emph>) e logo localice o ficheiro que desexa ligar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18328,7 +18326,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse \"> Localice onovo ficheiro gráfico que desexa ligar e prema en <emph> Abrir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18337,7 +18335,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Flip\">Format - Flip</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp \" name=\"Formato - Xire \"> Format - Flip </link>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18346,7 +18344,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Links\">Edit - Links</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp \" name=\"Editar - Ligazóns \"> Editar - Ligazóns </link>"
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18372,7 +18370,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage\">Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage \"> Especifica amacro sexa executada cando fai clic nun gráfico, marco ou un obxecto OLE.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18390,7 +18388,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage\">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage \"> Lista oseventos que poden desencadear unha macro. </ahelp> Só os eventos que sonrelevantes para o obxecto seleccionado se listan."
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18948,7 +18946,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "89\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"Control properties\">Control properties</link> or <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"Form properties\">Form properties</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eventos que están ligados a controis en formularios, vexa <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp \" name=\"Propiedades de control \"> Propiedades de control </link> ou <link href=\" text/shared/02/01170202.xhp \"name=\" Propiedades do formulario \"> Propiedades do formulario </link>."
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18966,7 +18964,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Especifique a macro que se executa cando ocorre oevento seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18993,7 +18991,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage\">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage \"> Lista o[officename] programa de US $ e calquera documento aberto $ [officename]. </ahelp> Dentro desta lista, seleccione o lugar onde desexa gardar os macros."
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19011,7 +19009,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage\">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage \"> Lista asmacros dispoñibles. Seleccione a macro que desexa atribuír ao eventoseleccionado e prema en <emph> Atribuír </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19029,7 +19027,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX2: Botón: RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN: PB_ASSIGN \">.Atribúese a macro seleccionada ao evento seleccionado </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19047,7 +19045,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"aufheb \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX2: Botón:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN: PB_DELETE \">. Elimina a atribución de macro apartir da entrada seleccionada </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19063,7 +19061,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3150980\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>frames; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; for objects</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> obxectos; definindo hyperlinks </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas; definindo hyperlinks </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> imaxes; definir hyperlinks </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> hiperlinks; para obxectos </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19081,7 +19079,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrmURLPage\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrmURLPage \">Especifique as propiedades do hyperlink para o gráfico, marco seleccionadoou obxecto OLE. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19117,7 +19115,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url \"> Introduza ocamiño completo ao ficheiro que quere abrir. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19135,7 +19133,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/investigación \">Localice o ficheiro que desexa que o hiperenlace para abrir e prema en<emph> Abrir </ emph>. </ahelp> O ficheiro de destino pode ser na súamáquina ou nun <link href=\\ \"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp # ftp \"name=\\ \"server \\ FTP\"> servidor FTP </link> na internet."
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19153,7 +19151,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/nome \"> Introduza unnome para o hyperlink. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19171,7 +19169,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame\">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets\" name=\"here\">here</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/marco \"> Especifique onome do marco en que desexa abrir o ficheiro destino. </ahelp> Os nomes decadro branco predefinidos descríbense <link href=\\ \" text/shared/01/05020400.xhp # obxectivos \\ \"name=\" aquí \\ \"> aquí </link>."
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19189,7 +19187,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Select the type of <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"ImageMap\">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccione o tipo de <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp # imagemap \" name=\"Mapa de Imaxe \"> Mapa de Imaxe </link> que desexa usar. Os axustes ImageMap substituír as opcións de Ligazón que introduza nesta páxina."
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19207,7 +19205,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server \"> Usa un mapade imaxe do lado do servidor. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19225,7 +19223,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/cliente \"> Usa o <linkhref=\\ \"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp \" name=\\ \"mapa de imaxe \">imaxe do mapa </link> que creou para o obxecto seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19260,7 +19258,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrmAddPage\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrmAddPage \">Especifica as propiedades do obxecto seleccionado, gráfico ou marco. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19296,7 +19294,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/nome \"> Introduza unnome para o elemento seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19323,7 +19321,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altName \"> Introduza otexto a ser exhibido nun navegador web cando o elemento seleccionado nonestá dispoñible. O texto alternativo tamén se usa para axudar a xente condiscapacidade. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19341,7 +19339,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev \"> Mostra oelemento (obxecto, gráfico ou marco) que vén antes do elemento actual nunhasecuencia conectado. Para engadir ou modificar a ligazón anterior,seleccione un nome da lista. Se está conectando cadros, o cadro actual eocadro de destino debe estar baleira. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19359,7 +19357,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/seguinte \"> Mostra oelemento (obxecto, gráfico ou marco) que vén despois do elemento actualnunha secuencia conectado. Para engadir ou modificar a seguinte ligazón,seleccione un nome da lista. Se vostede é un cadros de unión, o cadro dedestino debe estar baleira. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19395,7 +19393,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent \">Impide modificacións do contido do elemento seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19422,7 +19420,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe \">Bloquea a posición do elemento seleccionado no documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19440,7 +19438,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize \"> Bloqueao tamaño do elemento seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19476,7 +19474,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly \">Permite editar o contido dun marco nun documento que é de só lectura(protexido contra escrita). </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19494,7 +19492,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/PrintMoldura \"> Inclúeo elemento seleccionado cando imprime o documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19512,7 +19510,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow \"> Especificaa dirección do fluxo de texto preferido nun cadro. Para utilizar aconfiguración de fluxo de texto estándar á páxina, seleccione <emph> Usaropcións de obxecto superordinate </ emph> a partir da lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19521,7 +19519,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Content vertical alignment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aliñamento vertical contido"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19530,7 +19528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign\">Specifies the vertical alignment of the frame's content. Mainly it means text content, but it also affects tables and other objects anchored to the text area (anchored as character, to character or to paragraph), for example frames, graphics or drawings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign \">Especifica o aliñamento vertical do contido do cadro. Principalmente istosignifica que o contido do texto, senón que tamén afecta táboas e outrosobxectos ancorados á área de texto (ancorada como carácter, a personalidadeou a punto), por exemplo cadros, gráficos ou debuxos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19565,7 +19563,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp> </variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"objekttext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: FrameDialog \">. Abre undiálogo onde pode modificar as propiedades do obxecto seleccionado, porexemplo, o seu tamaño e nome </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 05080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19600,7 +19598,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"tabelletext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: TableDialog \">.Especifica as propiedades da táboa seleccionada, por exemplo, nome,aliñamento, espazamento, largura da columna, bordos e fondo </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19616,7 +19614,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154762\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text before</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> mesas; posicionamento </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas; inserir texto antes </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19634,7 +19632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage\">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage\"> Especifique o tamaño, posición, espazamento e opcións de aliñamento paraa táboa seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19661,7 +19659,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name\">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/nome \"> Introduzaun nome interno para a táboa. Podes usar ese nome para localizarrapidamente a táboa no navegador. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19679,7 +19677,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf\">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf \">Introduza a largura da táboa. </ahelp> Esta caixa de verificación só estádispoñible se o <emph> Automático </ emph> opción no <emph > Aliñamento </emph> área non está seleccionada."
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19697,7 +19695,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth\">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth \">Mostra a largura da táboa como unha porcentaxe do ancho da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19733,7 +19731,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full\">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/\\ completo\">Esténdese a táboa horizontal para a dereita e para as marxes da páxinadereita. </ahelp> Esta é a configuración recomendada para táboas endocumentos HTML."
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19751,7 +19749,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/\\ left\"> aliñar abordo esquerda da táboa á marxe esquerda da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19769,7 +19767,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft \">aliñar a bordo esquerda da táboa para o guión que entra <emph> esquerda </emph> caixa no <emph> Espazamento entre </ emph> área. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19787,7 +19785,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right\">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/dereita \"> aliñara bordo dereita da táboa á marxe dereita da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19805,7 +19803,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center\">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/Centro \"> Centrosde mesa horizontal na páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19823,7 +19821,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free\">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">column widths</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/\\ libre\"> aliñarhorizontal a táboa baseándose nos valores introducidos no <emph> esquerda </emph> e <emph> Dereita </ ​​emph> caixas en <emph> Espazamento </ emph>área. </ahelp> $ [officename] calcula automaticamente a largura da táboa.Seleccione esta opción se quere especificar o individuo <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp \" \\ name=\\ \"ancho de columna \"> largura dascolumnas </link>."
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19850,7 +19848,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf \"> Insirea cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre a marxe esquerda da páxina eabordo da mesa. </ahelp> Esta opción non está dispoñible se <emph>Automático </ emph> ou <emph> esquerda </ emph> opción for seleccionada en<emph> Aliñamento </ emph> área de."
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19868,7 +19866,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf \"> Insirea cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre a marxe dereita da páxina eobordo da mesa. </ahelp> Esta opción non está dispoñible se <emph>Automático </ emph> ou <emph> Dereito </ emph> opción for seleccionada en<emph> Aliñamento </ emph> área de."
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19886,7 +19884,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf \"> Insirea cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre o bordo superior da táboa eotexto enriba da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19904,7 +19902,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf \"> Insirea cantidade de espazo que quere deixar entre o bordo inferior da táboa eotexto debaixo da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19957,7 +19955,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth \">Reduce ou aumenta o ancho da táboa con o ancho da columna modificada. </ahelp> Esta opción non está dispoñible se <emph> Automático </ emph> é oseleccionado na <emph> Aliñamento </ emph> área no <emph> Táboa </ emph> aficha."
 
 #: 05090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19975,7 +19973,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">If possible, change in column width will be equal for each column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns \">Se é posible, o cambio na largura da columna será igual para cada columna.</ahelp> Esta opción non está dispoñible se <emph> Automático </ emph> éseleccionado na área <emph> Aliñamento </ emph> na <emph> Táboa </ emph> aficha."
 
 #: 05090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19993,7 +19991,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin\">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/espazo-NoSPIN \">Mostra a cantidade de espazo que está dispoñible para axustar a largura dascolumnas. Para axustar o ancho da táboa, prema na guía <emph> Táboa </emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20029,7 +20027,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6\">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6 \">Introduza a largura que quere para a columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20047,7 +20045,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back\">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back \"> Mostra ascolumnas da táboa atopados á esquerda da columna actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20065,7 +20063,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next\">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/seguinte \">Mostra as columnas da táboa atopados á dereita da columna actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20081,7 +20079,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154506\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; editing with the keyboard</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> mesas; edición co teclado </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20117,7 +20115,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar o tamaño dunha columna, coloque o cursor nunha cela da táboa, manteña a tecla Alt e prema a esquerda ou a frecha para a dereita. Para cambiar o tamaño da columna, sen cambiar o ancho da táboa, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Command + Option </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl + Alt </ defaultinline > </ switchinline> e prema o as frechas dereita ou esquerda."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20126,7 +20124,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para aumentar a retirada da esquerda da táboa, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Maiús e, a continuación, prema a frecha para a dereita."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20135,7 +20133,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar o tamaño dunha liña, coloque o cursor na liña, manteña premida <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline > e, a continuación, prema para arriba ou a frecha para abaixo."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20144,7 +20142,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para mover unha tabela abaixo na páxina, manteña premida <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Maiús e, a continuación, prema a frecha para abaixo."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20162,7 +20160,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir unha columna, coloque o cursor nunha cela da táboa, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e prema a tecla Insert, release, e logo prema a esquerda ou a frecha para a dereita."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20171,7 +20169,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar unha columna, coloque o cursor na columna que quere eliminar, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e prema Supr, release, e logo prema a esquerda ou a frecha para a dereita."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20180,7 +20178,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir unha liña, coloque o cursor nunha cela da táboa, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e prema a tecla Insert, release, e logo preme arriba ou a frecha para abaixo."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20189,7 +20187,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar unha liña, coloque o cursor na liña que desexa eliminar, manteña <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Opción </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Alt </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> e prema Supr, release, e logo preme arriba ou a frecha para abaixo."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20198,7 +20196,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar o comportamento de táboas nun documento de texto, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </defaultinline> </ switchinline> - <link href =\"text/Optionen/01040500.xhp \\/shared\" \\ name=\"Documento de texto - Marco \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Táboa </link> </ emph>."
 
 #: 05090201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20223,7 +20221,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154558\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;text flow around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow;around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>row breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; allowing page breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page breaks; tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables;row breaks</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> mesas; fluxo de texto ao redor de mesas de texto </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> fluxo de texto; arredor táboas de texto </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> columnas; breaks en táboas de texto </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> quebras de liña en táboas de texto </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas; permitindo que as quebras de páxina </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> quebras de páxina; táboas </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas de división; quebras de liña </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20241,7 +20239,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage\">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage \"> Define as opcións de fluxo de texto para o texto antese despois da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20268,7 +20266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break\">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break \"> Marqueesta caixa de verificación e, a continuación, seleccione o tipo de quebraque desexa asociar coa táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20286,7 +20284,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page\">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/páxina \">Insire unha quebra de páxina antes ou despois da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20304,7 +20302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column\">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/columna \">Insire unha quebra de columna antes ou despois da táboa nunha páxina convarias columnas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20322,7 +20320,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before\">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/antes \"> Insireunha páxina ou columna pausa antes da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20340,7 +20338,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after\">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/despois de \">Insire unha páxina ou columna pausa tras a táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20358,7 +20356,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle\">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle \">Aplica-se o estilo de páxina que se especifica para a primeira páxina quesegue a quebra de páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20376,7 +20374,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb\">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de páxina que desexa aplicar á primeira páxina que seguea quebra. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20394,7 +20392,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf\">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf \">Introduza o número da páxina para a primeira páxina que segue a quebra. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20412,7 +20410,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split\">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split \">Permite unha quebra de quebra de páxina ou columna entre as liñas dunhatáboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20428,7 +20426,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN108DA\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow\">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow \">Permite unha quebra de páxina ou salto de columna dentro dunha fileira detabela. </ahelp> Esta opción non se aplica á primeira liña nunha táboa o<emph> Repetir título </ emph> opción for seleccionada."
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20446,7 +20444,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep\">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/manter \">Mantén a táboa eo parágrafo seguinte xuntos cando inserir o intervalo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20464,7 +20462,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline\">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/titular \">Repite o título nunha nova páxina cando a táboa ocupar máis dunha páxina detáboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20480,7 +20478,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10920\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf\">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf\"> Introduza o número de liñas a incluír no título. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20488,7 +20486,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10940\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Text orientation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Orientación do texto"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20496,7 +20494,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10944\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textdirection\">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TextDirection\"> Seleccione a dirección do texto nas celas </ahelp> Pode usar asseguintes opcións de formato para especificar a orientación do texto nascelas da táboa .:"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20520,7 +20518,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1097T\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Use superordinate object settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Use a configuración do obxecto superordenados"
 
 #: 05090300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20538,7 +20536,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient\">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/VertOrient \">Especifique o aliñamento vertical do texto para as células na táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20590,7 +20588,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: Protexa \">. Impide que o contido das celasseleccionadas sexa modificado </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05100300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20599,7 +20597,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cando o cursor está nunha cela só de lectura, a nota aparece no <emph> Estado Bar </ emph>."
 
 #: 05100300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20608,7 +20606,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar a protección de cela, seleccione a cela (s), prema co botón dereito e escolla <link href =\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp \" \\ name=\"Cell - Desprotexer \"> <emph> móbil - Desprotexer </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 05100400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20634,7 +20632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UnsetCellsReadOnly \">. Elimina a protección de cela atodas as células seleccionadas na táboa actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05100400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20643,7 +20641,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar a protección de varias mesas á vez, seleccione as táboas e, a continuación, prema <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Maiús + T Para eliminar a protección de todas as táboas nun documento, prema en calquera lugar do documento e, a continuación, prema <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Maiús + T"
 
 #: 05100400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20652,7 +20650,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode eliminar a protección das celas dunha táboa no <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp \" name=\"Navigator \"> Navegador </link>."
 
 #: 05110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20731,7 +20729,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"hoehetext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: setRowHeight \">. Cambia aaltura da liña seleccionada (s) </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20749,7 +20747,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf\">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/rowHeight/heightmf \"> Introduza aaltura que quere para a liña (s) seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20767,7 +20765,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit\">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/rowHeight/fit \"> axustaautomaticamente a altura da liña para combinar o contido das celas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20776,7 +20774,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode premer co botón dereito nunha célula, e logo escolla <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp \" name=\"Row - Optimal Altura \"> <emph> Row - Optimal Altura </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 05110200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20802,7 +20800,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"zeilenhoehetext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Axusta automaticamente alturas de liña paracombinar o contido das celas </ahelp> Este é o estándar. definición denovas táboas. </ variable>"
 
 #: 05110200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20837,7 +20835,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: EntireRow \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Seleccionaa liña que contén o cursor </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05110300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20872,7 +20870,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"loeschentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: DeleteRows \">. Exclúea liña seleccionada (s) da táboa </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20951,7 +20949,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"breitetext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: SetColumnWidth \">.Cambia o ancho da columna seleccionada (s) </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20978,7 +20976,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column\">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/columna \"> Introduzao número da columna que quere cambiar o ancho da columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20996,7 +20994,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width\">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/ancho \"> Introduza alargura que quere para a columna (s) seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21022,7 +21020,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"spaltenbreitetext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth \">. Axusta automaticamente a largura das columnas paracoincidir co contido das celas </ahelp> Cambiar o ancho dunha columna nonafecta o ancho unha das outras columnas na táboa. O ancho da táboa non podeexceder o ancho da páxina. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 05120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21030,7 +21028,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id5611743\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O cambio afecta só as células seleccionadas. Pode axustar varias células á beira da outra, se selecciona as células xuntas."
 
 #: 05120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21056,7 +21054,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: EntireColumn \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">.Selecciona a columna que contén o cursor </ahelp> Esta opción só estádispoñible se o cursor está nunha táboa."
 
 #: 05120400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21072,7 +21070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1058C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Insire un ficheiro nunhatabela. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21080,7 +21078,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105A7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Insire unha columna na táboa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21098,7 +21096,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\">Inserts a row or column into the table.</ahelp> This command is only available when the cursor is in a table.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Variable id=\\ \"einfuegentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: ModalDialog:DLG_INS_ROW_COL \"> Insire unha liña ou columna para a táboa </ahelp> Estecomando só está dispoñible cando o cursor está nunha táboa .. </ variable>"
 
 #: 05120400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21116,7 +21114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: NumericField: DLG_INS_ROW_COL: ED_COUNT \">. Introduza onúmero de columnas ou liñas que quere </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21152,7 +21150,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: RadioButton: DLG_INS_ROW_COL: CB_POS_BEFORE \">. Engadenovas columnas á esquerda da columna actual ou engade novas liñas enriba daliña actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21170,7 +21168,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SW: RadioButton: DLG_INS_ROW_COL: CB_POS_AFTER \">. Engadenovas columnas á dereita da columna actual, ou engade novas liñas por baixoda liña actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05120500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21196,7 +21194,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"loeschentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: DeleteColumns \">.Exclúe a columna seleccionada (s) da táboa </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05120500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21221,7 +21219,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id4005249\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>styles;categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>character styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;style categories</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> estilos; Categorías </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> estilos de caracteres; categorías de estilo </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> estilos de parágrafo; categorías de estilo </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas; estilos </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> estilos de páxina; categorías de estilo </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> numeración; categorías de estilo </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21239,7 +21237,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\">Styles and Formatting</link> window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A información a continuación se refire estilos escritor que pode aplicar utilizando a <link href =\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp \" \\> Estilos e formatado </link> xanela."
 
 #: 05130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21248,7 +21246,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "62\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"Templates - Save\"><emph>Templates - Save</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se quere, pode editar os estilos do documento actual e, a continuación, gardar o documento como un modelo. Para gardar o documento como modelo, escolla <emph> Ficheiro - </ emph> <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp \" name=\"Modelos - Gardar \"> <emph> Modelos - Gardar </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 05130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21266,7 +21264,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX2: listbox: RID_STYLECATALOG: BT_TOOL \">. Estas son asdiferentes categorías de estilos de formato </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21678,7 +21676,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aquí pode crear un estilo de numeración. Os estilos de numeración están organizados na <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp \" name=\"Estilos e formatado \"> Estilos e formatado </link> xanela."
 
 #: 05130004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21687,7 +21685,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called \"named\" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\">object bar</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cando un estilo de numeración é creado, o nome é atribuído á numeración. É por iso que estes modelos tamén son chamados de \"chamada \" numerações. Numerações sen nome, que se usan para <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # formatierung \" name=\"directo formato \"> <link /> formato directo, poden ser creados no <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp \" name=\"Numeración/balas \"> Favoritos e numeración </link> diálogo ou cos iconos do <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206. xhp \"name=\" obxecto bar \"> obxecto bar </link>."
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21703,7 +21701,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154656\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional styles</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> estilos; condicional </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> estilos condicionais </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21739,7 +21737,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ [Officename] aplícase as propiedades de parágrafo de estilos condicionais da seguinte forma (as palabras en negra correspóndense aos títulos dos campos de diálogo): Se un parágrafo formatado cun estilo condicional se nun <emph> Contexto </ emph> que ten un <emph > Estilo Aplicada </ emph> ligado a ela, entón o <emph> estilo de parágrafo </ emph> de que a condición é usada. Se ningún estilo está ligado ao <emph> Contexto </ emph>, a continuación, os atributos definidos no estilo condicional aplicar. O exemplo a seguir ilustra esta relación:"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21748,7 +21746,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format</emph> - <emph>Page</emph> - <emph>Header</emph>)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre un documento de texto baleiro e escribir unha carta de negocios a curto con unha cabeceira (<emph> Formato </ emph> - <emph> páxina </ emph> - <emph> Cabeceira </ emph>)."
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21757,7 +21755,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style \"Business letter\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establecer un novo estilo de parágrafo escollendo <emph> Nova </ emph> nos <emph> Estilos e formatado </ emph> fiestra e seleccionar todas as propiedades do parágrafo que quere para a súa carta de negocios no <emph> estilo de parágrafo </emph> diálogo. Nome este estilo \"carta de negocios \"."
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21766,7 +21764,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A continuación, prema no botón <emph> Estado </ emph> guía e selecciona o <emph> estilo condicional </ emph> campo para definir o novo estilo de parágrafo, como un estilo condicional."
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21775,7 +21773,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style \"Header\". You also can select your own style."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En <emph> Contexto </ emph>, seleccione a entrada da cabeceira e en <emph> Parágrafo Styles </ emph> seleccione o estilo para a cabeceira na súa carta de negocios; por exemplo, o estilo de parágrafo predeterminado \"cabeceira \". Tamén podes escoller o seu propio estilo."
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21784,7 +21782,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode aplicar o estilo de parágrafo ao contexto dun </ emph> caixa de dobre clic no elemento seleccionado no <emph> Estilos de parágrafo lista ou usar <emph> Aplicar </ emph>."
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21793,7 +21791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new \"Business letter\" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type=\"literal\">All Styles</item> or <item type=\"literal\">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prema <emph> Aceptar </ emph> para pechar a caixa de diálogo Estilo do parágrafo e despois formatar todo parágrafos na súa carta de negocios, incluíndo a cabeceira, co novo \"carta de negocios \" estilo de parágrafo condicional. (Cando fai clic na cabeceira, pode ter para amosar <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Todos os estilos </ item> ou <item type=\"\\ literal\"> Estilos personalizados </ item> na lista de estilo para utilizar o novo estilo de letra de negocio.)"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21838,7 +21836,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle \"> Marqueesta caixa para definir un novo estilo como un estilo condicional. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21856,7 +21854,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/enlaces \"> Aquípode ver o $ [officename] contextos predefinidos, incluíndo niveis destacado1 a 10, de numeración/niveis balas 1-10, cabeceira de táboa, o contidodas táboas , sección, fronteira, nota ao pé de páxina, cabeceira e pé. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21892,7 +21890,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/estilos \"> A listade todos os estilos de parágrafo que poden ser atribuídas a un contexto estácontida no cadro de lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21910,7 +21908,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/eliminar \"> Premaaquí para eliminar o contexto actual atribuído ao estilo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21928,7 +21926,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/aplicar \"> Prema en<emph> Atribuír </ emph> para aplicar o <emph> seleccionado estilo deparágrafo </ emph> ao <emph> contexto definido </ emph >. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21944,7 +21942,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3907589\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;applying styles</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> ventá Estilos e formatado, aplicación de estilos </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21962,7 +21960,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Use a ventá Estilos e formatado para aplicar, crear,editar, engadir e eliminar estilos de formato. Prema dúas veces nunhaentrada para aplicar o estilo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21970,7 +21968,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id0122200903183687\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" Visibility=\\ \"hidden \"> Escolla Editar estilo deparágrafo no menú contextual dun parágrafo para editar o estilo de todos osparágrafos do mesmo estilo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21978,7 +21976,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106EF\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Styles and Formatting window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # andocken \" name=\"peirao \"> peirao </link> ventá Estilos e formatado arrastre a barra de título cara á esquerda ou cara á dereita lado do espazo de traballo. Para desencaixar a xanela, prema dúas veces nun espazo libre na súa barra de ferramentas."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22013,7 +22011,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1071D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pode asignar atallos de teclado para Styles no <emph> Ferramentas - Personalizar - Teclado </ emph> páxina guía."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22057,7 +22055,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: ParaStyle \">. Estilos de formato de parágrafosDisplays </ahelp> Usar estilos de parágrafo para aplicar o mesmo <link href= \\ \"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp # formatierung \" nome=\\> formato</link> \"formato \", como fonte, numeración e deseño para os parágrafos noseu documento."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22083,7 +22081,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: CharStyle \"> Mostra estilos de formato paracaracteres </ahelp> Usar estilos de caracteres para aplicar estilos defonte para o texto seleccionado nun parágrafo .."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22109,7 +22107,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: molduras \"> Mostra estilos de formato para cadros </ahelp> Usar estilos de cadros para formatar esquemas de cadro e posición .."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22135,7 +22133,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: PageStyle \"> Mostra estilos de formato a páxinas </ahelp> Usar estilos de páxina para determinar esquemas de páxinas, incluíndoa presenza de cabeceiras e pés de páxina .."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22161,7 +22159,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: TemplateFamily5 \"> Mostra estilos de formato paralistas numeradas e con viñetas estilos </ahelp> Utilice a lista paraformatar números e caracteres de bala e especificar recuos .."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22187,7 +22185,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN \"> Aplica o estilo seleccionado aoobxecto ou texto seleccionado no documento. Prema nesta icona e, acontinuación, arrastra unha selección no documento para aplicar o estilo. </ahelp> Para saír deste modo, prema na icona de novo ou prema Esc."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22212,7 +22210,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN109BB\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre un submenú con máis comandos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22229,7 +22227,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Crea un novo estilo con base na formato do actualpárrafo páxina ou selección. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22246,7 +22244,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE \"> Os atributos formateados mando texto na posición do cursor no documento engadirase ao estilo que estáseleccionado na ventá Estilos e formatado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22262,7 +22260,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10A36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre as Cargar estilos de diálogo para importar estilosdoutro documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22271,7 +22269,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "More information about <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"styles\">styles</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Máis sobre <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp \" name=\"estilos \"> estilos </link>."
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22296,7 +22294,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3153925\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;text documents</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> función de corrección automática, documentos de texto </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22314,7 +22312,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect\"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>            <emph>Options</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Formata automaticamente o ficheiro de acordo coas opcións definidas en <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp \" name=\"Ferramentas - AutoCorreção \"> <emph> Ferramentas - AutoCorreção </ emph> < emph> Opcións </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22330,7 +22328,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id1029200810080924\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Opens the AutoCorrect dialog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre a caixa de diálogo AutoCorreção."
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22339,7 +22337,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat for Tables\">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para abrir o <link href =\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp \" \\ name=\"AutoFormatação de táboas \"> AutoFormatação de táboas </link> caixa de diálogo, prema nunha cela da táboa, e logo escolla <emph > Táboa - Formato automático </ emph>."
 
 #: 05150100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22365,7 +22363,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: OnlineAutoFormat \"> Formata automaticamente odocumento mentres escribe. Para definir as opcións de formatado, escolla<emph> Ferramentas -. AutoCorreção </ emph> <emph> Opcións </ emph>, e logoprema no botón <emph> Opcións </ emph> guía </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22374,7 +22372,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podes utilizar a AutoCorreção para formatar documentos de texto e ficheiros de texto ASCII simple, pero non caracteres que teña formato manual. Automático <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp \" name=\"conclusión da palabra \"> palabra conclusión </link> só ocorre despois de escribir unha palabra, por segunda vez nun documento."
 
 #: 05150100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22383,7 +22381,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>Undo</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para desfacer a última acción de AutoCorreção, escolla <emph> Editar - </ emph> <link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp \" name=\"Undo \"> <emph> Desfacer </ emph> </link>."
 
 #: 05150100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22408,7 +22406,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id2655415\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;AutoFormat function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;table styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFormat function for tables</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> mesas; AutoFormatação función </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> estilos; estilos de táboa </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> función de formato automático para táboas </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22426,7 +22424,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog\">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"autoformattabelle \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog \"> Aplica automaticamente formatosá táboa actual, incluíndo fontes, sombreamento e fronteiras. </ahelp> </variable>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22453,7 +22451,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escolla <emph> Táboa - Formato automático </ emph>, e logo prema no formato que desexa aplicar."
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22480,7 +22478,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb\">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb \"> Listaos estilos de formatado dispoñibles para táboas. Prema no formato quedesexa aplicar e prema en <emph> Aceptar </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22498,7 +22496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add\">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/engadir \"> Engadeun novo estilo de táboa á lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22516,7 +22514,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccione a táboa e, a continuación, escolla <emph> Táboa - Formato automático </ emph>."
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22534,7 +22532,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "In the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Add AutoFormat\"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Na <link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp \" name=\"Engadir AutoFormatação \"> <emph> Engadir AutoFormatação </ emph> </link> diálogo, escriba un nome e prema en <emph> Aceptar </ emph>."
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22552,7 +22550,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove\">Deletes the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/eliminar \">Exclúe o estilo de táboa seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22588,7 +22586,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb\">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb \">Inclúe os formatos de numeración no estilo de táboa seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22606,7 +22604,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb\">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb \"> Inclúefonte formato no estilo de táboa seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22624,7 +22622,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb\">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb \">Inclúe opcións de aliñamento no estilo de táboa seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22642,7 +22640,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb\">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb \">Inclúe estilos de bordo no estilo de táboa seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22660,7 +22658,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb\">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb \">Inclúe estilos de fondo no estilo de táboa seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150101.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22678,7 +22676,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename\">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the \"Standard\" table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/renomear \">Cambia o nome do estilo de táboa seleccionado. Non pode cambiar o nome do \\estilo \"estándar \" mesa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150104.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22713,7 +22711,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog \"> Introduza alonxitude mínima para combinar parágrafos únicos-aliñado como unhaporcentaxe do ancho da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22729,7 +22727,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id5028839\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic heading formatting</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> formato Título automática </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22737,7 +22735,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;headings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>headings;automatic</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>separator lines;AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> función AutoCorreção; cabeceiras </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> posicións; automático </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> liñas separadoras, función de corrección automática </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22755,7 +22753,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>            <emph>Options</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"uno: AutoFormatApply \".> Formata automaticamente o ficheirode acordo coas opcións definidas baixo <emph> Ferramentas - AutoCorreção </emph> <emph> Opcións </ emph> </ahelp>."
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22773,7 +22771,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "AutoCorrect for Headings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "AutoCorreção para as rúbricas"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22818,7 +22816,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Corrección automática de viñetas/numeración"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22845,7 +22843,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the <emph>Standard</emph>, <emph>Text body</emph> or <emph>Text body indent</emph> paragraph styles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A numeración automática só se aplica a parágrafos formatados co estándar <emph> </ emph>, <emph> corpo do texto </ emph> ou <emph> guión corpo Texto estilos </ emph> Parágrafo."
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22854,7 +22852,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "AutoCorrect for Separator Lines"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "AutoCorreção para liñas separadoras"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22863,7 +22861,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se insire tres ou máis guións (---), guións baixos (___) ou signos de igual (===) na liña e prema Intro, o parágrafo substitúese por unha liña horizontal da largura da páxina. A liña é realmente o <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp \" name=\"bordo inferior \"> bordo inferior </link> do parágrafo anterior. As seguintes regras se aplican:"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22916,7 +22914,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"uno: AutoFormatRedlineApply \".> Formata automaticamente oficheiro de acordo coas opcións definidas baixo <emph> Ferramentas -AutoCorreção </ emph> <emph> Opcións </ emph>. Nun diálogo, lle serásolicitada a aceptar ou rexeitar os cambios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22934,7 +22932,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT \"> Aplica-se todos os cambios deformato. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22952,7 +22950,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT \"> Rexeita todas as modificacións deformato. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22970,7 +22968,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG \"> Abre un diálogo onde pode aceptarou rexeitar cambios de AutoCorreção. Tamén pode ver os cambios feitos porun autor concreto ou nunha data específica. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22979,7 +22977,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">Accept or Reject Changes, Filter tab</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp \" name=\"Aceptar ou rexeitar cambios de formato automático, filtro separador \"> Aceptar ou rexeitar cambios, guía Filtro </link>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23005,7 +23003,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"vorlagentext \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: LoadStyles \">.Importacións estilos de formato doutro documento ou modelo ao documentoactual </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23023,7 +23021,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories\">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categorías \"> Lista ascategorías de modelos dispoñibles. Faga clic nunha categoría para exhibirseu contido en <emph> Modelos </ emph> lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23041,7 +23039,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates\">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates \"> Lista osmodelos dispoñibles para a categoría seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23059,7 +23057,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text\">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text \"> Carga o parágrafo eos estilos de caracteres do documento seleccionado no documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23077,7 +23075,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame\">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/marco \"> Carga os estilos decadros do documento seleccionado no documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23095,7 +23093,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages\">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/páxinas \"> Carga os estilosde páxina do documento seleccionado no documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23113,7 +23111,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering\">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numeración \"> Carga osestilos de numeración do documento seleccionado no documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23131,7 +23129,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite\">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/sobrepasar \"> Substitúeestilos no documento actual que teñen o mesmo nome que os estilos que está acargar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23158,7 +23156,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile\">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"SFX/ui/loadtemplatedialog/FromFile \"> Localice oficheiro que contén os estilos que desexa cargar e prema en <emph> Abrir </emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23281,7 +23279,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3153246\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables; at cursor position</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dividing tables</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> mesas; división </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas de división; na posición do cursor </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas que dividen </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23299,7 +23297,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: divisibles \"> Divide a táboa actual en dúas táboasseparadas na posición do cursor </ahelp> Tamén pode acceder a este comandopremendo co botón dereito nunha cela da táboa .."
 
 #: 05190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23326,7 +23324,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading\">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/separável/copyheading \"> Inclúe aprimeira liña da táboa orixinal como a primeira liña da segunda táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23344,7 +23342,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle\">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/separável/customheadingapplystyle\"> Insire unha liña de cabeceira en branco na segunda táboa que estáformatado co estilo da primeira liña da táboa orixinal. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23362,7 +23360,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading\">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/separável/customheading \"> Insireunha liña en branco adicional na segunda táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23380,7 +23378,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading\">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/separável/noheading \"> Divide atáboa sen copiar a liña de cabeceira. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23405,7 +23403,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154652\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging; tables</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> mesas; fundindo </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> fusión; táboas </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 05200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23423,7 +23421,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: MergeTable \"> Combina dúas táboas consecutivas nunhaúnica táboa. As táboas deben ser directamente á beira do outro e nonseparadas por un parágrafo baleiro. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23475,7 +23473,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"Silben \"> <ahelp hid=\".\"> O guión insercións en palabrasque son moi longos para caber ao final dunha liña. </ahelp> $ [officename]busca o documento e suxire hifenização que pode aceptar ou rexeitar. Se otexto é seleccionado, o cadro de diálogo hifenização traballa con só o textoseleccionado. Se ningún texto é seleccionado, o diálogo de hifenizaçãofunciona en todo o documento. </ Variable>"
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23484,7 +23482,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para hifenizar automaticamente os parágrafos correntes ou seleccionados, escolla <emph> Formato - Parágrafo </ emph>, e prema no <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp \" name=\"Fluxo de texto \" > Fluxo de texto </link> a ficha. Tamén pode aplicar a hifenização automática a un estilo de parágrafo. No texto en que a hifenização automática está activada, o cadro de diálogo hifenização non atoparás ningunha palabra para hifenizar."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23502,7 +23500,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para aceptar a hifenização da palabra aparece, prema en <emph> Hyphenate </ emph>."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23511,7 +23509,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para cambiar o hifenização da palabra aparece, prema na frecha cara á esquerda ou á dereita por debaixo da palabra, e prema en <emph> Hyphenate </ emph>. Os botóns esquerdo e dereito están habilitados para palabras con múltiples puntos de hifenização."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23520,7 +23518,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para rexeitar a hifenização da palabra aparece, prema en <emph> Ficheiro </ emph>. Esta palabra non será hifenizado."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23529,7 +23527,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer \"Yes\" to the following question."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para hifenizar automaticamente a parte restante da selección ou o documento, faga clic en <emph> Hyphenate Todos </ emph> e resposta \"Si \" para a seguinte pregunta."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23538,7 +23536,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para finalizar a hifenização, prema en <emph> Pechar </ emph>. A hifenização que xa se aplica non será revertida. Podes usar <emph> Editar - Desfacer </ emph> para desfacer todo hifenização que foi aplicado, mentres o diálogo hifenização estaba aberta."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23547,7 +23545,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para eliminar parágrafos da hifenização automática, seleccione os parágrafos, escolla <emph> Formato - Parágrafo </ emph>, prema no separador Fluxo de texto, e despois desmarque a <emph> </ emph> caixa de verificación automaticamente na área de hifenização."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23556,7 +23554,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"Language Settings - Writing Aids\">Language Settings - Writing Aids</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para desactivar o diálogo hifenização e sempre hifenização automática, seleccione <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01010400.xhp \" name=\"Configuración de idioma - Escritura sida \"> Configuración de idioma - Escritura sida </link> </ emph>, e selecciona o <emph> Hyphenate sen </ emph> caixa de verificación enquisa."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23565,7 +23563,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir manualmente un guión directamente no documento, prema na palabra onde quere engadir o guión, e logo prema <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Comando </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Sinal de menos (-)."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23574,7 +23572,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para inserir un non-breaking (protexida) guión directamente no documento, prema na palabra que desexa hifenizar e prema Maiúsculas + <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \"> Command </ caseinline> <defaultinline> + Ctrl </ defaultinline> </ switchinline> + Sinal de menos (-)."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23583,7 +23581,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "33\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To hide custom hyphens, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para agochar costume guións, escolla <emph> <switchinline select=\"sys \"> <caseinline select=\"MAC \">% PRODUCTNAME - Preferencias </ caseinline> <defaultinline> Ferramentas - Opcións </ defaultinline> </ switchinline > - <link href=\"text/shared/Optionen/01040600.xhp \" name=\"Documento de texto - Formato sida \">% PRODUCTNAME Writer - Recursos de formatado </link> </ emph> e desmarque a <emph> Personalizar guións caixa de verificación </ emph>."
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23610,7 +23608,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/worded\">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/hyphenate/\\ redactado\"> Mostra a suxestión dehifenização (s) para a palabra seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23628,7 +23626,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/right\">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/hyphenate/dereita \"> Permite definir a posicióndo guión. Esta opción só está dispoñible se máis dunha suxestión dehifenização aparece. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23646,7 +23644,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/continue\">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/hyphenate/continuar \"> Ignora a suxestión dehifenização e atopa a palabra seguinte a hifenizar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23664,7 +23662,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/ok\">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/hyphenate/ok \"> Insire o guión na posiciónindicada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23682,7 +23680,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/delete\">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"cui/ui/hyphenate/borrar \"> Elimina o punto dehifenização actual da palabra aparece. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23706,7 +23704,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10552\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG \"> Conta as palabras e caracteres, conou sen espazos, na selección actual e en todo o documento. A conta é mantidoata a data mentres escribe ou cambiar a selección. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23740,7 +23738,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Especifica o formato numérico e a xerarquía para a numeración de capítulos.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Especifica oformato numérico e a xerarquía para a numeración decapítulos.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23757,7 +23755,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id8237250\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se queres títulos numerados, utilice o <emph> Ferramentas - Esbozo Numeración </ emph> comando de menú para asignar numeración a un estilo de parágrafo. Non use a icona Numeración da barra de ferramentas Formato."
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23766,7 +23764,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "55\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To highlight the screen display of outline numbers, choose <emph>View -</emph><emph>Field Shadings</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para destacar a exhibición da pantalla de números xerárquicos, escolla <emph> Ver - </ emph> <emph> Campo matices </ emph>."
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23784,7 +23782,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/user\">Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/user \"> Gardarou carga un formato de número esbozo. Un formato salvou número esbozo estádispoñible para todos os documentos de texto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23793,7 +23791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "58\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The <emph>Format</emph> button is only available for outline numbering. For numbered or bulleted list styles, modify the Numbering Styles of the paragraphs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O <emph> Formato </ emph> botón só está dispoñible para a numeración de temas. Para estilos de lista numerados ou con viñetas, modificar os estilos de numeración dos parágrafos."
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23811,7 +23809,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "60\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1\">Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1 \">Seleccione o estilo de numeración predeterminado que desexa atribuír aonivel de contorno seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23829,7 +23827,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "62\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas\">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas \"> Abreun diálogo onde pode gardar a configuración actual para o nivel de contornoseleccionado. Pode entón premer esta configuración doutro documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23847,7 +23845,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "64\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form\">Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form \"> Premanun estilo de numeración da lista e, a continuación, escriba un nome para oestilo. Os números corresponden ao nivel de esquema que os estilos sonasignados a. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23891,7 +23889,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level\">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for the paragraph style, to all of the levels, click \"1-10\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/nivel \">Prema no nivel de estrutura de temas que quere modificar e, a continuación,seleccione as opcións de numeración para o nivel. </ahelp> Para aplicar asopcións de numeración, con excepción de o estilo de parágrafo, a todos osniveis, prema en \\ \"1-10 \"."
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23927,7 +23925,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style\">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click \"None\", the selected outline level is not defined."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style \">Seleccione o estilo de parágrafo que desexa atribuír ao nivel de contornoseleccionado. </ahelp> Se fai clic en \\ \"None \", o nivel de contornoseleccionado non está definido."
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23945,7 +23943,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering\">Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numeración\"> Seleccione o estilo de numeración que desexa aplicar ao nivel de contornoseleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24107,7 +24105,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ningún símbolo de numeración. Só o carácter ou símbolo definido nas <emph> Separador </ emph> Campos aparece no inicio da liña numerada."
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24125,7 +24123,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "41\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle\">Select the format of the numbering character.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/CharStyle \">Seleccione o formato do personaxe numeración. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24143,7 +24141,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf\">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select \"3\" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf\"> Seleccione o número de niveis destacado para incluír na numeracióncapítulo. Por exemplo, seleccione \\ \"3 \" para mostrar tres niveis denumeración de capítulo: 1.1.1 </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24161,7 +24159,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix\">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type \"Chapter \" to display \"Chapter 1\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefixo \">Introduza o texto que desexa mostrar antes do número do capítulo. </ahelp>Por exemplo, escriba \\ \"Capítulo \" para mostrar \\ \"Capítulo 1\".\\"
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24179,7 +24177,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "33\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix\">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display \"1.\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sufixo \">Introduza o texto que desexa mostrar despois do número do capítulo. </ahelp> Por exemplo, escriba un punto (.) Para ver \\ \"1. \\ \""
 
 #: 06060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24197,7 +24195,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat\">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat \">Introduza o número que desexa reiniciar a numeración de capítulo no. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24223,7 +24221,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"fnoten\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"fnoten \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: FootnoteDialog \">.Especifica a configuración de visualización para as notas ao pé de páxina enotas de fin </ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24249,7 +24247,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage\">Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage \">Especifica o formato para notas ao pé de páxina e notas de fin. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24258,7 +24256,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "47\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para axustar a opción adicional para as notas ao pé de páxina e notas de final, escolla <emph> Formato - Páxina </ emph>, e prema no <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp \" name=\"nota de rodapé \"> <emph> Nota de Rodapé </ emph> </link> a ficha."
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24285,7 +24283,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb\">Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb \">Seleccione o estilo de numeración que desexa utilizar para as notas ao pé depáxina ou notas de fin. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24447,7 +24445,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb\">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb \">Seleccione a opción de numeración para as notas ao pé de páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24483,7 +24481,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reinicia a numeración das notas ao pé de páxina na parte superior de cada páxina. Esta opción só está dispoñible se o <emph> Final de </ emph> caixa de selección de páxina é seleccionada no <emph> Posición </ emph> área."
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24537,7 +24535,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf\">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected \"Per Document\" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf \">Introduza o número da primeira nota ao pé de páxina no documento. Estaopción só está dispoñible se seleccionou \\ \"Por documento \" no <emph>Contando </ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24555,7 +24553,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"To \" to display \"To 1\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefixo \"> Introduzao texto que desexa mostrar fronte ao número nota ao pé de páxina no textoda nota. </ahelp> Por exemplo, escriba \\ \"a \" para amosar \\ \"Para un \"."
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24573,7 +24571,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/sufixo \"> Introduzao texto que desexa mostrar despois do número da nota ao pé de páxina notexto da nota. </ahelp> Por exemplo, escriba \\ \") \" para amosar \\ \"1) \"."
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24581,7 +24579,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id334242345\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type=\"keycode\">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type=\"input\">\\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Números das notas ao pé de páxina son aliñados á esquerda por defecto na área da nota ao pé de páxina. Para o primeiro número da nota ao pé de páxina aliñado á dereita editar o estilo de parágrafo <emph> Nota de Rodapé </ emph>. Prema <item type=\"keycode \"> F11 </ item> para abrir <emph> Estilos e formatado </ emph> diálogo e escolla <emph> Nota de Rodapé </ emph> a partir da lista de estilos de parágrafo. Abre o menú local co botón dereito e escolla <emph> Editar </ emph>. Ir ao <emph> recuos e espazamento </ emph> páxina guía e establecer guión a 0 antes e despois do parágrafo, incluíndo a primeira liña. En <emph> Guías </ emph> ficha de crear unha guía do tipo de dereito en 12pt e unha guía do tipo esquerdo en 14pt. Entón, en <emph> Notas ao pé de páxina/Notas Configuración </ emph> diálogo entrar <item type=\"entrada \"> \\ t </ item> na <emph> Antes </ emph> e <emph> Despois </ emph > caixas de edición."
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24608,7 +24606,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb\">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb \">Presenta notas de rodapé na parte inferior da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24626,7 +24624,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb\">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb \"> Presentanotas de rodapé ao final do documento como notas de fin. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24662,7 +24660,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb\">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de parágrafo para o texto de rodapé. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24680,7 +24678,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb\">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de páxina que desexa utilizar para as notas ao pé depáxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24689,7 +24687,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta opción só está dispoñible se o <emph> Fin do Documento caixa de verificación </ emph> é seleccionado en <emph> Posición </ emph> área."
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24725,7 +24723,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "64\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de carácter que desexa utilizar para áncoras de nota aopé de páxina na área de texto do documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24743,7 +24741,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "56\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de carácter que desexa utilizar para os números de notaao pé de páxina na área da nota ao pé de páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24770,7 +24768,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted\">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, \"Continued on Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted \"> Introduzao texto que desexa mostrar cando as notas ao pé de páxina son continúa naseguinte páxina, por exemplo, \\ \"Continúa na páxina \". $ [Officename]Escritor insere automaticamente o número da páxina seguinte. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24788,7 +24786,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed\">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, \"Continued from Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed \">Introduza o texto que desexa mostrar na páxina na que as notas ao pé depáxina son continuados, por exemplo, \\ \"Continuación da páxina \". $[Officename] Escritor insere automaticamente o número da páxina anterior. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24814,7 +24812,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage\">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage \">Especifica o formato de notas finais. </ahelp> O tipo de numeración da notafinal e os Estilos de aplicar son as opcións dispoñibles."
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24841,7 +24839,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf\">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf \"> Introduzao número da primeira nota ao pé de páxina no documento. </ahelp> Isto éútil se quere que a nota final de numeración para abarcar máis do que undocumento."
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24859,7 +24857,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"re: \" to display \"re: 1\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefixo \"> Introduzao texto que desexa mostrar diante do número da nota final no texto da nota</ ​​ahelp> Por exemplo, escriba \\ \"re :. \\ \"para mostrar \" re: 1\".\\"
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24877,7 +24875,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/sufixo \"> Introduza otexto que desexa mostrar despois do número da nota final no texto da nota.</ahelp> Por exemplo, escriba \\ \") \" para amosar \\ \"1) \"."
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24913,7 +24911,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb\">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de parágrafo para o texto da nota final. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24931,7 +24929,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb\">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de páxina que desexa utilizar para as notas finais. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24967,7 +24965,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de carácter que desexa utilizar para áncoras de nota defin na área de texto do documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06080200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24985,7 +24983,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb \">Seleccione o estilo de carácter que desexa utilizar para os números doEndNote na área de nota final. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25001,7 +24999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3147402\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> conversión; texto, en táboas </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> texto; conversión a táboas </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> táboas; a conversión a texto </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25019,7 +25017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"texttab \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: ConvertTableText \">.Converte o texto seleccionado nunha táboa ou a táboa seleccionada en texto</ahelp> </ variable>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25064,7 +25062,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs\">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/separadores \">converte o texto nunha táboa utilizando guías como marcadores de columnas.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25082,7 +25080,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons\">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/punto e coma \">Converte o texto nunha táboa utilizando punto e coma (;). Como marcadores decolumnas </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25100,7 +25098,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph\">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/n \"> Converte otexto nunha táboa utilizando parágrafos como marcadores de columnas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25118,7 +25116,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other\">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/outro \">Converte o texto a unha táboa usando o carácter que escribe no cadro como unmarcador de columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25136,7 +25134,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered\">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/alterizada \">Introduza o carácter que desexa usar como un marcador de columna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25154,7 +25152,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn\">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn \">Crea columnas de igual ancho, con independencia da posición do marcador decolumna. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25172,7 +25170,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre a <emph> AutoFormatação de diálogo </ emph>, ondepode seleccionar un esquema predefinido para a táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25199,7 +25197,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb\">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb \">Formata a primeira liña da nova táboa como un título. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25217,7 +25215,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading\">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading \">Repite a cabeceira da táboa en cada páxina que os ocos da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25233,7 +25231,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id4136478\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Repite as primeiras n liñas como unha cabeceira. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25251,7 +25249,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb\">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb \">Non divide a táboa entre páxinas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25269,7 +25267,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb\">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb \">Engade un bordo á táboa e as celas da táboa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25285,7 +25283,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3149353\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;sorting rows</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs in special languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> táboas de clasificación; liñas </ bookmark_value><bookmark_value> selección; parágrafos/liñas da táboa </ bookmark_value><bookmark_value> texto; selección parágrafos </ bookmark_value><bookmark_value> liñas de texto; clasificando os parágrafos </bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> Separación; parágrafos en linguaxesespeciais </ bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> idiomas asiáticos; ordenarparágrafos/liñas da táboa </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25303,7 +25301,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"tipo \"> <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: SortDialog \">. Clasifica osparágrafos seleccionados ou liñas da táboa en orde alfabética ou numérica </ahelp> Pode definir até tres chaves de clasificación, así como combinarteclas alfanuméricas e ordenación numérica. </ variable>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25330,7 +25328,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3\">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3 \"> Especificacriterios de ordenación adicionais. Tamén pode combinar chaves declasificación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25348,7 +25346,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3\">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3 \"> Introduza onúmero da columna da táboa que quere empregar como base para aclasificación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25366,7 +25364,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3\">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3 \"> Seleccionea opción de clasificación que quere usar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25392,7 +25390,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3\">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3 \"> Clasifica enorde crecente, (por exemplo, 1, 2, 3 ou a, b, c). </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25410,7 +25408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3\">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3 \"> Clasifica enorde decrecente (por exemplo, 9, 8, 7 ou z, y, x). </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25437,7 +25435,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns\">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columnas \"> Clasificaas columnas na táboa segundo as opcións de clasificación actuais. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25455,7 +25453,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows\">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/liñas \"> Clasifica asliñas na táboa ou os parágrafos na selección de acordo coas opcións declasificación actuais. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25491,7 +25489,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs\">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separadores \"> Se osparágrafos seleccionados corresponden a unha lista separada por pestanas,seleccione esta opción. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25509,7 +25507,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator\">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separador \"> Introduzao carácter que desexa usar como separador na área seleccionada. </ahelp>Ao usar o separador, $ [officename] pode determinar a posición da chave declasificación no parágrafo seleccionado."
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25527,7 +25525,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb\">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb \"> Abre o<emph> Caracteres especiais </ emph>, na cal pode seleccionar o carácter quedesexa usar como separador. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25545,7 +25543,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb\">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb \"> Seleccione oidioma que define as regras de clasificación. </ahelp> Algúns idiomasclasificar caracteres especiais de forma diferente do que outras linguas."
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25563,7 +25561,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase \"> Distingueentre maiúsculas e minúsculas cando clasifica unha táboa. Para idiomasasiáticos tratamento especial aplícase se. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06100000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25571,7 +25569,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10895\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para idiomas asiáticos, seleccione <emph> caso Xogo </ emph> para aplicar agrupación multi-nivel. Na agrupación multi-nivel, as formas primitivas de entradas están en primeiro lugar en comparación cos casos das formas e signos diacríticos ignorados. As formas son as mesmas, as acentuación das formas son comparadas. As formas aínda son os mesmos, os casos, as larguras dos caracteres, e as diferenzas de Kana xaponés dos formularios son comparados."
 
 #: 06110000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25597,7 +25595,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: CalculateSel \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">. Calcula afórmula seleccionada e copia o resultado para o portarretallos </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25623,7 +25621,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Visibilidade ahelp=\\ \"\\ visible\" hid= \\ \". Uno: Repaginate \">. Actualizaos formatos de páxina no documento e recalcula o número total de páxinasque se amosa no <emph> Estado Bar </ emph> </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06120000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25658,7 +25656,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UpdateCurIndex \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">Actualiza o contido actual </ahelp> O índice actual é o que contén o cursor.."
 
 #: 06160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25667,7 +25665,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tamén pode facer clic nun índice ou unha táboa de contidos, e logo escolla <emph> Actualizar índice/Table </ emph>. Os seguintes comandos tamén están dispoñibles no menú de contexto:"
 
 #: 06160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25685,7 +25683,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: EditCurIndex \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Edita oíndice actual ou mesa </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25703,7 +25701,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: RemoveTableOf \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Exclúe oíndice actual ou mesa </ahelp>."
 
 #: 06170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25729,7 +25727,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UpdateAllIndexes \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">Actualiza todos os índices e táboas de contidos no documento actual. Nonnecesita poñer o cursor nun índice ou unha táboa antes de usar este comando.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25755,7 +25753,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"zeinum\">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id= \"zeinum \"> Engade ou elimina e formatos de números de liña nodocumento actual. Para eliminar un parágrafo de numeración de liña, prema noparágrafo, escolla <emph> Formato - Parágrafo </ emph>, prema no botón<emph> Numeración </ emph> guía, e despois desmarque a <emph> Incluír esteparágrafo na numeración de liñas </ emph> caixa de verificación. </variable> Tamén pode eliminar un estilo de parágrafo de numeración de liña."
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25781,7 +25779,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering\">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering \">Engade números de liña ao documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25817,7 +25815,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown\">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown \">Seleccione o estilo de formato que desexa usar para os números de liña. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25835,7 +25833,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown\">Select the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown \">Seleccione o estilo de numeración que desexa utilizar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25853,7 +25851,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown\">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown \">Seleccione onde quere que os números de liña para aparecer. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25871,7 +25869,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin \">Insire a cantidade de espazo que desexa deixar entre os números de liña eotexto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25889,7 +25887,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin\">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin \">Introduza o intervalo de conta para os números de liña. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25925,7 +25923,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry\">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/TextEntry \">Introduza o texto que desexa usar como separador. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25943,7 +25941,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin\">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin \">Introduza o número de liñas a ser deixada entre os separadores. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25988,7 +25986,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines\">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines \">Inclúe parágrafos baleiros na conta de liña. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26006,7 +26004,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes\">Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"linked frames\">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes\"> Engade números de liña de texto en marcos de texto. Os numeraciónrecomeza en cada cadro de texto, e é eliminado da conta de liñas na área detexto principal do documento. </ahelp> En <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp \" name=\\ \" cadros vinculados \\ \"> marcos ligados </link>, a numeración non é reiniciar."
 
 #: 06180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26024,7 +26022,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage\">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid= \\ \"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage\"> reinicia a numeración de liña na parte superior de cada páxina dodocumento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26050,7 +26048,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UpdateAll \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\"> Actualizatodos os enlaces, campos, índices, táboas de contidos e formato de páxina nodocumento actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06200000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26076,7 +26074,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UpdateFields \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">Actualiza o contido de todos os campos no documento actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06210000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26102,7 +26100,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UpdateAllLinks \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">Actualiza as ligazóns no documento actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26128,7 +26126,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". <ahelp hid= \\ \". Uno: UpdateCharts \" visibility=\\ \"\\ visible\">Actualiza os gráficos no documento actual </ahelp>"
 
 #: 06990000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26144,7 +26142,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "bm_id3154704\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<bookmark_value>updating; text documents</bookmark_value>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Bookmark_value> actualización; documentos de texto </ bookmark_value>"
 
 #: 06990000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26186,7 +26184,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10558\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre un submenú para editar as propiedades do obxectoseleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: format_object.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26194,7 +26192,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "hd_id1863460\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\">Text Attributes</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp \"> Texto atributos </link>"
 
 #: format_object.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26210,7 +26208,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id9466841\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\">Fontwork</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp \"> Fontwork </link>"
 
 #: format_object.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26242,7 +26240,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10559\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Inicia o asistente de mala directa para crear cartas deformulario ou enviar mensaxes de correo electrónico a varios destinatarios.</ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge00.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26258,7 +26256,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105F6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp \"> diálogo Mail Merge configurable </link>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26298,7 +26296,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Usa o documento do Writer actual como a base para odocumento de mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26314,7 +26312,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10561\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Crea un novo documento de Writer para usar para a maladirecta. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26330,7 +26328,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10568\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un documento de Writer existente para usarcomo base para o documento de mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26346,7 +26344,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Localice o documento de Writer que desexa utilizar eprema en <emph> Abrir </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26362,7 +26360,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10576\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o modelo que quere crear o seu documento demala directa con el. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26378,7 +26376,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre a <emph> Modelos e documentos </ emph> diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26394,7 +26392,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10588\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Use un documento de mala directa existente como basepara un novo documento de mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26402,7 +26400,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106F6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge01.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26434,7 +26432,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10553\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the type of mail merge document to create."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique o tipo de documento de mala directa para crear."
 
 #: mailmerge02.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26450,7 +26448,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Crea un documento de mala directa impresa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge02.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26466,7 +26464,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10561\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Crea documentos de mala directa que pode enviar comomensaxe de correo electrónico ou un anexo de correo electrónico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge02.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26506,7 +26504,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10561\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select address list</emph> button is called <emph>Select different address list</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O asistente de mala directa abre a esta páxina se iniciar o asistente nun documento de texto que xa hai campos de base de datos de enderezos. Se o asistente abre directamente a esta páxina, o botón <emph> Seleccionar lista de enderezos </ emph> é chamado <emph> Seleccionar diferente lista de enderezos </ emph>."
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26514,7 +26512,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10556\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The title of this page is <emph>Address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Address list</emph> for e-mail messages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O título desta páxina é <emph> Bloque de dirección </ emph> para letras e <emph> Lista de enderezos </ emph> para as mensaxes de correo electrónico."
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26530,7 +26528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp \"> Seleccionar lista de enderezos </link>, na cal podeescoller unha fonte de datos para os enderezos, engadir novos enderezos ouintroducir unha nova lista de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26538,7 +26536,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7805413\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ao editar algúns rexistros nunha fonte de datos de follas de cálculo Calc que está en funcionamento a unha mala directa, os cambios non son visibles na mala directa."
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26554,7 +26552,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10581\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade un bloque de dirección para o documento de maladirecta. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26562,7 +26560,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10584\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o esquema do bloque de enderezos que desexausar. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26570,7 +26568,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "hd_id9355754\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Suppress lines with just empty fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Suprimir liñas con campos baleiros xustos"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26578,7 +26576,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id3109225\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Activar a deixar as liñas baleiras para fóra doenderezo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26594,7 +26592,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1058B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp \" \\> Seleccionar Enderezo Block </link> diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26610,7 +26608,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105A0\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp \" \\> Xogo Campos </link> diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26618,7 +26616,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B1\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "(Browse buttons)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Consulte botóns)"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26626,7 +26624,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Use os botóns de navegación para ver a información dorexistro de datos anterior ou seguinte. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge03.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26634,7 +26632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp \" name=\"Asistente de mala directa - Crear un saúdo \"> Asistente de mala directa - Crear un saúdo </link>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26645,13 +26643,12 @@ msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line"
 msgstr "Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Liña de saúdo"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "mailmerge04.xhp\n"
 "par_idN10543\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a Salutation</link>"
-msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia</link>"
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Crear un saúdo</link>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26675,7 +26672,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade un saúdo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26691,7 +26688,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10561\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade un saúdo personalizado para o documento de maladirecta. Para usar o saúdo estándar, deseleccione esta caixa deverificación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26707,7 +26704,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10568\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o saúdo personalizado para un destinatariodo sexo feminino. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26723,7 +26720,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp \" \\> Personalizar Saúdo </link> (destinatario Feminino)diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26739,7 +26736,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10584\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o saúdo personalizado para un destinatariodo sexo masculino. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26755,7 +26752,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1058B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp \" \\> Personalizar Saúdo </link> (destinatario masculino)diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26771,7 +26768,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105A0\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o nome do campo do campo de base de datos deenderezos que contén a información de xénero. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26787,7 +26784,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105A7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o valor do campo que indica o sexo doreceptor. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26803,7 +26800,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105AE\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o saúdo estándar que se usa cando nonespecificar un saúdo personalizado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26819,7 +26816,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra unha previsualización do saúdo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26835,7 +26832,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105BC\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp \" \\> Xogo Campos </link> diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26843,7 +26840,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105CD\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "(Browse buttons)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Consulte botóns)"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26851,7 +26848,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105D1\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Use os botóns de navegación para ver a información dorexistro de datos anterior ou seguinte. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge04.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26859,7 +26856,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105D4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp \" name=\"Asistente de mala directa - Axuste de esquema \"> Asistente de mala directa - Axuste de esquema </link>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26870,13 +26867,12 @@ msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Layout"
 msgstr "Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Deseño"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "mailmerge05.xhp\n"
 "par_idN10543\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</link>"
-msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia</link>"
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Axustar o deseño</link>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26900,7 +26896,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Aliñar o cadro que contén o bloque de enderezos para amarxe esquerda da páxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26916,7 +26912,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10561\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Insire a cantidade de espazo a deixar entre o bordoesquerdo da páxina eo bordo esquerda do bloque de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26932,7 +26928,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10568\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Insire a cantidade de espazo a deixar entre o bordosuperior da páxina eo bordo superior do bloque de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26948,7 +26944,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Move o saúdo superior. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26964,7 +26960,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10576\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Move o saúdo abaixo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26980,7 +26976,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a magnification for the page preview.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione unha ampliación para a visualización dapáxina. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge05.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26996,7 +26992,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10580\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp \" name=\"Asistente de mala directa - Editar documento \"> Asistente de mala directa - Editar documento </link>"
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27007,13 +27003,12 @@ msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge"
 msgstr "Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Preparar combinación"
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "mailmerge06.xhp\n"
 "par_idN10543\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit Document</link>"
-msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia</link>"
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Editar o documento</link>"
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27037,7 +27032,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o número do rexistro de dirección dundestinatario para ver o documento de mala directa ao destinatario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27045,7 +27040,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10604\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Use os botóns de navegación para percorrer os rexistrosde enderezo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27061,7 +27056,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10561\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Exclúe o destinatario actual desta mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27077,7 +27072,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10568\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Minimiza o asistente para que poida editar o documentode mala directa principal para todos os destinatarios. </ahelp> Para volverao asistente, prema no <emph> Voltar Asistente de mala directa </ ​​emph >botón."
 
 #: mailmerge06.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27085,7 +27080,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp \" name=\"Asistente de mala directa - Personaliza documento \"> Asistente de mala directa - Personaliza documento </link>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27096,13 +27091,12 @@ msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize"
 msgstr "Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Personalizar"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "mailmerge07.xhp\n"
 "par_idN10543\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document</link>"
-msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia</link>"
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Personalizar o documento</link>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27134,7 +27128,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Minimiza o asistente para que poida editar o documentode mala directa para un único destinatario. </ahelp> Despois de feitas asmodificacións, prema no botón <emph> Volver Asistente de mala directa </​​emph > botón."
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27150,7 +27144,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105FE\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o texto que desexa buscar no documentomezclado, por exemplo, o nome dun destinatario. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27166,7 +27160,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10568\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start the search.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Prema para iniciar a busca. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27182,7 +27176,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Busca por palabras enteiras e non só partes de palabrasmaiores. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27198,7 +27192,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10576\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Investigacións dende a posición actual do cursor para oinicio do documento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27214,7 +27208,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Distingue entre caracteres maiúsculos e minúsculos nabusca. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge07.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27222,7 +27216,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10580\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Save print send\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, print or send</link>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp \" name=\"Asistente de mala directa - Gardar Imprimir Enviar \"> Asistente de Mala directa - Gardar, imprimir ou enviar </link>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27233,13 +27227,12 @@ msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send"
 msgstr "Asistente de combinación de correspondencia - Gardar, imprimir ou enviar"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
-#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "mailmerge08.xhp\n"
 "par_idN1054C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send</link>"
-msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia</link>"
+msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">Asistente de combinación de correspondencia- Gardar, imprimir ou enviar</link>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27255,7 +27248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The appearance of this page depends on the option that you select. After you specify the settings, click <emph>Finish</emph> to exit the wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A aparencia desta páxina depende da opción que seleccionar. Despois de especificar a configuración, prema en <emph> Concluír </ emph> para saír do asistente."
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27271,7 +27264,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Salva o documento inicial que contén os campos de basede datos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27287,7 +27280,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10583\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Salva o documento actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27303,7 +27296,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1058A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Salva o documento mezclado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27319,7 +27312,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10591\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Salva o documento mezclado como un único ficheiro. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27335,7 +27328,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10598\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Salva o documento mezclado como un ficheiro separadopara cada destinatario. Os nomes dos documentos de arquivo son construídos apartir do nome que entra, seguido por un subliñado, eo número do rexistroactual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27351,7 +27344,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1059F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Selecciona un intervalo de rexistros dende o número derexistro no <emph> De </ emph> caixa e rematando no número marca en <emph>Para </ emph> caixa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27367,7 +27360,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106E1\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o número do primeiro rexistro para incluír namala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27383,7 +27376,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105A6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o número do último rexistro para incluír namala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27399,7 +27392,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105AD\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the documents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Gardar os documentos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27415,7 +27408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the output for all or some recipients.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Imprime a saída para todos ou algúns destinatarios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27431,7 +27424,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105BB\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the printer.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione a impresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27447,7 +27440,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105C2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Cambia as propiedades da impresora. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27463,7 +27456,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105C9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Imprime documentos para todos os destinatarios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27479,7 +27472,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105DE\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Imprime os documentos de mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27495,7 +27488,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105E5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Envía a saída como mensaxes de correo electrónico paratodos os destinatarios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27511,7 +27504,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105EC\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o campo de base de datos que contén oenderezo do destinatario e-mail. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27527,7 +27520,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105F3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp \" \\> Copiar </link> caixa de diálogo onde pode especificar unou máis enderezos CC ou BCC. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27543,7 +27536,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10604\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza a liña de asunto das mensaxes de correoelectrónico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27559,7 +27552,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1060B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o formato de correo para as mensaxes decorreo electrónico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27583,7 +27576,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10615\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">E-Mail Message</link> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp \"> Correo electrónico Mensaxe </link>, na cal pode inserir amensaxe de correo electrónico ao arquivos de mala directa que son enviadoscomo anexos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27599,7 +27592,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1062A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra o nome do ficheiro anexo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27615,7 +27608,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10631\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select to send e-mails to all recipients.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccionar para enviar correos electrónicos a todos osdestinatarios. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27631,7 +27624,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10646\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start sending e-mails.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Prema para comezar a enviar correos electrónicos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mailmerge08.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27663,7 +27656,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1053D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify additional e-mail recipients for the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">mail merge</link> document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique os destinatarios de correo-e adicional ao <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp \"> mala directa </ ​​link> documento."
 
 #: mm_copyto.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27679,7 +27672,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10552\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Entre os destinatarios das copias de correoselectrónicos separados por un punto e coma (;). </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_copyto.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27695,7 +27688,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10559\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Entre os destinatarios do correo electrónico copiasocultas, separadas por un punto e coma (;). </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27719,7 +27712,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10546\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block of a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique o posicionamento dos campos de datos de enderezos nun bloque de enderezos dun <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp \" \\> mala directa </ ​​link> documento."
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27727,7 +27720,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10569\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Address Elements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Elementos enderezo"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27735,7 +27728,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un campo e arrastra o campo para a outralista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27743,7 +27736,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10570\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid ">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ">"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27751,7 +27744,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10574\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list. You can add the same field more than once.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade o campo seleccionado da lista de elementos deenderezo para a outra lista. Podes engadir o mesmo campo máis dunha vez. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27759,7 +27752,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10577\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27767,7 +27760,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Elimina o campo seleccionado da outra lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27775,7 +27768,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Arrastre elemento de enderezo no campo de abaixo"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27783,7 +27776,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10582\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Organizar os campos de drag-and-drop ou use os botónsde frecha. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27799,7 +27792,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10589\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra unha previsualización do primeiro rexistro dabase de datos co deseño do bloque de enderezo actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27807,7 +27800,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1058C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Botóns de Frecha)"
 
 #: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27815,7 +27808,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10590\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un elemento da lista e prema no botón defrecha para mover o elemento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27839,7 +27832,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10540\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Customizes the address list for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Personaliza a lista de enderezos para <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp \" \\> mala directa </ ​​link> documentos."
 
 #: mm_cusaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27855,7 +27848,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10555\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione os campos que quere mover, eliminar ourenomear. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27871,7 +27864,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10564\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Insire un novo campo de texto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27887,7 +27880,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10572\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Exclúe o campo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27903,7 +27896,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10579\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Cambia o nome do campo de texto seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27927,7 +27920,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10540\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the salutation layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">mail merge</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique o deseño saúdo para <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp \" \\> mala directa </ ​​link> ou <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp \" \\> correo mala directa </ ​​link> documentos. O nome deste diálogo é diferente para os beneficiarios do sexo feminino e os destinatarios do sexo masculino."
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27943,7 +27936,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10555\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un campo e arrastra o campo para a outralista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27951,7 +27944,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10558\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid ">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ">"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27959,7 +27952,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade o campo seleccionado da lista de elementos desaúdo á outra lista. Pode engadir un campo máis dunha vez. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27967,7 +27960,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27975,7 +27968,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10563\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Elimina o campo seleccionado da outra lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27991,7 +27984,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Organizar os campos de drag-and-drop ou use os botónsde frecha. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28007,7 +28000,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10571\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un valor da lista para o saúdo e os campossigno de puntuación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28023,7 +28016,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10578\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra unha previsualización do primeiro rexistro dabase de datos co deseño saúdo actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28031,7 +28024,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Botóns de Frecha)"
 
 #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28039,7 +28032,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un elemento da lista e prema no botón defrecha para mover o elemento. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28063,7 +28056,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10540\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">e-mail</link> attachments."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escriba a mensaxe e un saúdo para os ficheiros que envía como <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp \"> correo electrónico </link> anexos."
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28079,7 +28072,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10558\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation to the e-mail.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade un saúdo ao correo electrónico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28095,7 +28088,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055F\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade un saúdo personalizado. Para usar o saúdoestándar, deseleccione esta caixa de verificación. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28111,7 +28104,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10566\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o saúdo personalizado para un destinatariodo sexo feminino. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28127,7 +28120,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp \" \\> Personalizar Saúdo </link> diálogo para undestinatario do sexo feminino. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28143,7 +28136,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10582\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o saúdo personalizado para un destinatariodo sexo masculino. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28159,7 +28152,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10589\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp \" \\> Personalizar Saúdo </link> diálogo para undestinatario do sexo masculino. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28175,7 +28168,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1059E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o nome do campo do campo de base de datos deenderezos que contén a información de xénero. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28191,7 +28184,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105A5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o valor do campo que indica o sexo doreceptor. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28207,7 +28200,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105AC\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o saúdo para usar se un saúdo personalizadanon pode ser creada por defecto. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_emabod.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28223,7 +28216,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the main text of the e-mail.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o texto principal do correo electrónico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_finent.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28247,7 +28240,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1053D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> address list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Busca un rexistro ou destinatario na <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp \" \\> mala directa </ ​​link> lista de enderezos."
 
 #: mm_finent.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28263,7 +28256,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10552\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the search term.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza o termo de busca. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_finent.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28279,7 +28272,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10559\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Restrinxe a busca a un campo de datos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_finent.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28303,7 +28296,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10563\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra o seguinte rexistro que contén o texto de busca.</ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_matfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28327,7 +28320,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1053D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">address blocks</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">salutations</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Combina os nomes de campos lóxicos do diálogo esquema para os nomes dos campos na súa base de datos cando crea novos <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp \" \\> bloques de dirección </link> ou <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp \"> Saúdos </link>."
 
 #: mm_matfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28343,7 +28336,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10552\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field name in your database for each logical field element.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Escolla un nome de campo na súa base de datos para cadaelemento de campo lóxico. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_matfie.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28359,7 +28352,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10559\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra unha previsualización dos valores do primeirorexistro de datos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28383,7 +28376,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10546\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Especifique o posicionamento dos campos de datos de enderezos nun bloque de dirección en <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp \" \\> mala directa </ ​​link> documentos."
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28391,7 +28384,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10569\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Address Elements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Elementos enderezo"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28399,7 +28392,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un campo de enderezo e arrastra o campo paraa outra lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28407,7 +28400,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10570\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid ">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ">"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28415,7 +28408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10574\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade o campo seleccionado da lista de elementos deenderezo para a outra lista. </ahelp> Pode engadir o mesmo campo máis dunhavez."
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28423,7 +28416,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10577\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28431,7 +28424,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<Ahelp hid=\".\"> Elimina o campo seleccionado da outra lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28439,7 +28432,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Arrastre elemento de enderezo no campo de abaixo"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28447,7 +28440,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10582\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Organizar os campos con drag-and-drop ou use os botónsde frecha. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28463,7 +28456,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10589\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Mostra unha previsualización do primeiro rexistro dabase de datos co deseño do bloque de enderezo actual. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28471,7 +28464,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1058C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Botóns de Frecha)"
 
 #: mm_newaddblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28479,7 +28472,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10590\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione un elemento da lista e prema no botón defrecha para mover a entrada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28503,7 +28496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10546\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Entre os novos enderezos ou editar os enderezos para <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp \"> mala directa </ ​​link> documentos. Cando fai clic en <emph> Aceptar </ emph>, unha caixa de diálogo solicitaralle que o lugar para gardar a lista de enderezos."
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28519,7 +28512,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza ou edite o contido do campo para cadadestinatario de mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28535,7 +28528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10574\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Prema nos botóns para navegar polos rexistros ouescribir un número de rexistro para amosar un rexistro. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28551,7 +28544,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1057B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Engade un novo rexistro en branco para a lista deenderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28567,7 +28560,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10582\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Exclúe o rexistro seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28583,7 +28576,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10589\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text 01 mm_finent.xhp/swriter// \" \\> Buscar entrada </link> diálogo. Pode deixar a caixa de diálogoaberta mentres editar as entradas. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_newaddlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28599,7 +28592,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1059E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp \"> Personalizar lista de enderezos </link> caixa dediálogo onde pode reorganizar, renomear, engadir e eliminar campos . </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28623,7 +28616,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1053D\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccione, editar ou eliminar un esquema de bloque de enderezo para <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp \"> mala directa </ ​​link>."
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28639,7 +28632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10552\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o bloque na lista que quere empregar paraenderezos de mala directa e prema en <emph> Aceptar </ emph>. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28655,7 +28648,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10559\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> País Exclúe ou rexional de información a partir dobloque de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28671,7 +28664,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10560\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Inclúe país ou rexional de información no bloque deenderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28687,7 +28680,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10567\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Só inclúe país ou rexional de información no bloque dedirección, se o valor é diferente do valor que introduza na caixa de texto.</ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28695,7 +28688,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10651\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Introduza a secuencia país/rexión que non pode serimpreso. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28711,7 +28704,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp \" \\> Novo Enderezo Block </link> caixa de diálogo ondepode definir un novo esquema do bloque de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28727,7 +28720,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10583\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp \" \\> Novo Enderezo Block </link>, na cal pode editar odeseño do bloque de enderezos seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdblo.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28743,7 +28736,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10598\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Exclúe o esquema do bloque de enderezo seleccionado. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28767,7 +28760,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10549\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Select the address list that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccione a lista de enderezos que desexa usar para <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp \"> mala directa </ ​​link>, prema en <emph> Aceptar </ emph>."
 
 #: mm_seladdlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28783,7 +28776,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog opens."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o ficheiro de base de datos que contén osenderezos que desexa usar como unha lista de enderezos. </ahelp> Se oficheiro contén máis dunha táboa, o <link href=\\ \"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp \\ \"> Seleccionar táboa </link> de diálogo ábrese."
 
 #: mm_seladdlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28799,7 +28792,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10589\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp \" \\> Nova sesión Enderezos </link>, na cal pode crear unhanova lista de enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28815,7 +28808,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1059E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\\ \"text// 02/12090100.xhp \\compartida\"> Filtro estándar </link>, na cal pode aplicar filtros á listade enderezos para mostrar o destinatarios que desexa ver. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28831,7 +28824,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105B3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp \" \\> Nova sesión Enderezos </link>, na cal pode editar alista de enderezos seleccionada. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seladdlis.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28847,7 +28840,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105C8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre o <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp \" \\> Seleccionar táboa </link>, na cal pode seleccionar outratáboa a ser usada para a mala directa. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seltab.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28871,7 +28864,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10546\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the table that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione a táboa que quere empregar para <link href =\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp \" \\> mala directa </ ​​link>enderezos. </ahelp>"
 
 #: mm_seltab.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28887,7 +28880,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Abre a <emph> Destinatarios da mala directa </ ​​emph>diálogo. </ahelp>"
 
 #: selection_mode.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28911,7 +28904,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id2962126\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> Seleccione o modo de selección do submenú :. Modo deselección normal, ou o modo de selección de bloque </ahelp>"
 
 #: selection_mode.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28919,7 +28912,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id9816278\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> No modo de selección normal, pode seleccionar o textomulti-liña, incluíndo a liña remata. </ahelp>"
 
 #: selection_mode.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -28927,4 +28920,4 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id3097323\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\"> No modo de selección de bloque, pode seleccionar unbloque rectangular de texto. </ahelp>"
diff --git a/source/gl/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_languages.po b/source/gl/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_languages.po
index 635624b57cb..e0b6167e1c7 100644
--- a/source/gl/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_languages.po
+++ b/source/gl/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_languages.po
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-25 17:43+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-21 07:58+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: marcos <marcoslansgarza@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1387612688.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413914254.000000\n"
 
 #: ActionTe.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "OOO_ERROR_26\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Cannot create the file [3].  A directory with this name already exists.  Cancel the installation and try installing to a different location."
-msgstr "Non é posíbel crear o ficheiro [3]. Xa existe un cartafol con ese nome.  Cancele a instalación e tente instalalo noutro lugar."
+msgstr "Non é posíbel crear o ficheiro [3]. Xa existe un cartafol con ese nome. Cancele a instalación e tente instalalo noutro lugar."
 
 #: Error.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "OOO_ERROR_66\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "User [2] has previously initiated an installation for product [3].  That user will need to run that installation again before using that product.  Your current installation will now continue."
-msgstr "O usuario [2] xa iniciou anteriormente unha instalación do produto [3].  Ese usuario necesitará executar a instalación novamente antes de usar o produto. Continuarase coa súa actual instalación."
+msgstr "O usuario [2] xa iniciou anteriormente unha instalación do produto [3]. Ese usuario necesitará executar a instalación novamente antes de usar o produto. Continuarase coa súa actual instalación."
 
 #: Error.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "OOO_ERROR_89\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "The older version of [2] cannot be removed.  Contact your technical support group.  {{System Error [3].}}"
-msgstr "Non é posíbel retirar a versión máis antiga de [2]. Póñase en contacto co grupo de asistencia técnica.   {{Erro de sistema [3].}}"
+msgstr "Non é posíbel retirar a versión máis antiga de [2]. Póñase en contacto co grupo de asistencia técnica.  {{Erro de sistema [3].}}"
 
 #: Error.ulf
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/mysqlc/source.po b/source/gl/mysqlc/source.po
index 4b7c04b1d43..8b5efd6c2f2 100644
--- a/source/gl/mysqlc/source.po
+++ b/source/gl/mysqlc/source.po
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-23 12:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 17:11+0200\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:02+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:57+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413914267.000000\n"
 
 #: description.xml
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29,4 +30,4 @@ msgctxt ""
 "extdesc\n"
 "description.text"
 msgid "MySQL Connector installs a native MySQL database driver. It is faster, seamless integrated, easier to administrate and there is no need to install and setup a JDBC or ODBC driver separately. It was never easier to use MySQL databases in LibreOffice Base.\n"
-msgstr "O conector MySQL instala un controlador nativo de base de datos. É máis rápido, altamente  integrado, máis doado de administrar non hai que instalar e configurar separadamente un controlador JDBC ou ODBC. Nunca foi tan doado traballar con bases de datos MySQL no Libreoffice Base.\n"
+msgstr "O conector MySQL instala un controlador nativo de base de datos. É máis rápido, altamente integrado, máis doado de administrar non hai que instalar e configurar separadamente un controlador JDBC ou ODBC. Nunca foi tan doado traballar con bases de datos MySQL no Libreoffice Base.\n"
diff --git a/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office.po b/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office.po
index 6e410fcf145..8433da96669 100644
--- a/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office.po
+++ b/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:07+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-27 12:41+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1403872883.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271769.000000\n"
 
 #: Addons.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_INFO_4\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB."
-msgstr "O Presentation Minimizer actualizou correctamente a presentación «%TITLE». O tamaño cambiou de %OLDFILESIZE MB a %NEWFILESIZE MB aproximadamente."
+msgstr "O Presentation Minimizer actualizou correctamente a presentación «%TITLE». O tamaño cambiou a %NEWFILESIZE MB aproximadamente."
 
 #: PresentationMinimizer.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Left\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Left click, right or down arrow, spacebar, page down, enter, return, 'N'"
-msgstr "Botón esquerdo do rato, frecha dereita ou abaixo, barra espazadora, av páx, enter, intro, 'N'"
+msgstr "Botón esquerdo do rato, frecha dereita ou abaixo, barra espazadora, av páx, enter, intro, «N»"
 
 #: PresenterScreen.xcu
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office/UI.po b/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office/UI.po
index 112f546d3a8..c3ea2c43c82 100644
--- a/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office/UI.po
+++ b/source/gl/officecfg/registry/data/org/openoffice/Office/UI.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-12 13:24+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 12:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-05 11:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1412597741.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1415188053.000000\n"
 
 #: BaseWindowState.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4586,7 +4586,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Horizontal Grid Major/Major&Minor/Off"
-msgstr "Gradicela horizontal principal/Principal e secundaria/Desactivada"
+msgstr "Grade horizontal Primaria/Primaria e Secundaria/Desactivada"
 
 #: ChartCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4649,7 +4649,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Vertical Grid Major/Major&Minor/Off"
-msgstr "Gradicela vertical pricipal/Principal e secundaria/Desactivada"
+msgstr "Grade vertical Primaria/Primaria e Secundaria/Desactivada"
 
 #: ChartCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6278,7 +6278,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Increase Spacing"
-msgstr "Aumentar espazado"
+msgstr "Aumentar espazamento"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6287,7 +6287,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Decrease Spacing"
-msgstr "Reducir espazado"
+msgstr "Reducir espazamento"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6296,7 +6296,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Slide Master"
-msgstr "~Diapositiva mestre"
+msgstr "~Diapositiva principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6305,7 +6305,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Handout Master"
-msgstr "~Folleto mestre"
+msgstr "~Folleto principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6314,7 +6314,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Notes Master"
-msgstr "~Nota mestre"
+msgstr "~Nota principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6323,7 +6323,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Title Slide Master"
-msgstr "~Diapositiva mestra de títulos"
+msgstr "~Diapositiva principal de títulos"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6845,7 +6845,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Master"
-msgstr "~Mestre"
+msgstr "~Principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7646,7 +7646,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "New Master"
-msgstr "Novo mestre"
+msgstr "Novo principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7655,7 +7655,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Delete Master"
-msgstr "Eliminar mestre"
+msgstr "Eliminar o principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7664,7 +7664,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Rename Master"
-msgstr "Renomear mestre"
+msgstr "Renomear o principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7673,7 +7673,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Close Master View"
-msgstr "Pechar a visualización do mestre"
+msgstr "Pechar a visualización do principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7826,7 +7826,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Master"
-msgstr "~Mestre"
+msgstr "~Principal"
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7862,7 +7862,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Handout Master Layout..."
-msgstr "Deseño de folletos mestres..."
+msgstr "Deseño de folletos principais..."
 
 #: DrawImpressCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12056,7 +12056,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Fontwork Character Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre caracteres Fontwork"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre caracteres Fontwork"
 
 #: GenericCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15694,7 +15694,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Character Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre caracteres"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre caracteres"
 
 #: GenericCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16261,7 +16261,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "FrameSet Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre marcos dun conxunto"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre marcos dun conxunto"
 
 #: GenericCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16945,7 +16945,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Decrease Indent"
-msgstr "Reducir sangría"
+msgstr "Reducir sangrado"
 
 #: GenericCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16954,7 +16954,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Increase Indent"
-msgstr "Aumentar sangría"
+msgstr "Aumentar sangrado"
 
 #: GenericCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19627,7 +19627,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "UIName\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Master View"
-msgstr "Visualización do mestre"
+msgstr "Visualización do principal"
 
 #: ImpressWindowState.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19672,7 +19672,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "~Spacing..."
-msgstr "E~spazado..."
+msgstr "E~spazamento..."
 
 #: MathCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23839,7 +23839,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Increment Indent Value"
-msgstr "Aumento sangría de texto"
+msgstr "Aumento sangrado de texto"
 
 #: WriterCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
@@ -23875,7 +23875,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Label\n"
 "value.text"
 msgid "Decrement Indent Value"
-msgstr "Reducir sangría en"
+msgstr "Reducir sangrado en"
 
 #: WriterCommands.xcu
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/readlicense_oo/docs.po b/source/gl/readlicense_oo/docs.po
index 0e939b8be19..594c52b05fb 100644
--- a/source/gl/readlicense_oo/docs.po
+++ b/source/gl/readlicense_oo/docs.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-01 10:37+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:58+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404211061.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413914327.000000\n"
 
 #: readme.xrm
 msgctxt ""
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "wd2dff\n"
 "readmeitem.text"
 msgid "Gnome 2.16 or higher, with the gail 1.9 and the at-spi 1.7 packages (required for support for assistive technology [AT] tools), or another compatible GUI (such as KDE, among others)."
-msgstr "Gnome 2.16 ou superior, cos paquetes gail 1.9 e at-spi 1.7 (necesarios ter compatibilidade coas ferramentas das tecnoloxías asistencia [AT]), ou outro GUI compatíbel  (como o KDE, entre outros)."
+msgstr "Gnome 2.16 ou superior, cos paquetes gail 1.9 e at-spi 1.7 (necesarios ter compatibilidade coas ferramentas das tecnoloxías asistencia [AT]), ou outro GUI compatíbel (como o KDE, entre outros)."
 
 #: readme.xrm
 msgctxt ""
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "rpminstall7a\n"
 "readmeitem.text"
 msgid "Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the toplevel directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations."
-msgstr "Alternativamente, pode utilizar o script de instalación «install» existente no  cartafol superior deste arquivo para instalar como usuário. O script configurará o ${PRODUCTNAME} co seu perfil, sen interferir co perfil normal de ${PRODUCTNAME}. Saiba que así non instalará as partes de integración no sistema tales como menús de escritorio e os rexistros de escritorio de tipos MIME."
+msgstr "Alternativamente, pode utilizar o script de instalación «install» existente no cartafol superior deste arquivo para instalar como usuário. O script configurará o ${PRODUCTNAME} co seu perfil, sen interferir co perfil normal de ${PRODUCTNAME}. Saiba que así non instalará as partes de integración no sistema tales como menús de escritorio e os rexistros de escritorio de tipos MIME."
 
 #: readme.xrm
 msgctxt ""
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "pji76w\n"
 "readmeitem.text"
 msgid "File locking is enabled by default in ${PRODUCTNAME}. On a network that uses the Network File System protocol (NFS), the locking daemon for NFS clients must be active. To disable file locking, edit the <tt>soffice</tt> script and change the line \"<tt>export SAL_ENABLE_FILE_LOCKING</tt>\" to \"<tt># export SAL_ENABLE_FILE_LOCKING</tt>\". If you disable file locking, the write access of a document is not restricted to the user who first opens the document."
-msgstr "O bloqueo de ficheiros está activado de modo predeterminado en ${PRODUCTNAME}. Nunha rede co protocolo NFS (Network File System), o demoño de bloqueo para clientes NFS debe estar activo. Para desactivar o bloqueo de ficheiros, edite o script <tt>soffice</tt> e cambie a liña «<tt>export SAL_ENABLE_FILE_LOCKING</tt>»  como «<tt># export SAL_ENABLE_FILE_LOCKING</tt>». Se desactiva o bloqueo de ficheiros, non haberá restrición de acceso de escritura a un documento para o usuario que primeiro abra o documento."
+msgstr "O bloqueo de ficheiros está activado de modo predeterminado en ${PRODUCTNAME}. Nunha rede co protocolo NFS (Network File System), o demoño de bloqueo para clientes NFS debe estar activo. Para desactivar o bloqueo de ficheiros, edite o script <tt>soffice</tt> e cambie a liña «<tt>export SAL_ENABLE_FILE_LOCKING</tt>» como «<tt># export SAL_ENABLE_FILE_LOCKING</tt>». Se desactiva o bloqueo de ficheiros, non haberá restrición de acceso de escritura a un documento para o usuario que primeiro abra o documento."
 
 #: readme.xrm
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sc/source/ui/src.po b/source/gl/sc/source/ui/src.po
index b9c5a204c5c..4d7610a0ef6 100644
--- a/source/gl/sc/source/ui/src.po
+++ b/source/gl/sc/source/ui/src.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 12:17+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-23 00:05+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1412597823.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414022709.000000\n"
 
 #: condformatdlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_UNDO_DEC_INDENT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Decrease Indent"
-msgstr "Reducir sangría"
+msgstr "Reducir sangrado"
 
 #: globstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_UNDO_INC_INDENT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Increase Indent"
-msgstr "Aumentar sangría"
+msgstr "Aumentar sangrado"
 
 #: globstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15282,7 +15282,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Returns the percentage rank (0..1, inclusive) of a value in a sample."
-msgstr "Devolve a posición da porcentaxe  (0..1, inclusivo) dun valor nunha mostra."
+msgstr "Devolve a posición da porcentaxe (0..1, inclusivo) dun valor nunha mostra."
 
 #: scfuncs.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19476,7 +19476,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Values of the inverse of CHISQ.DIST(x;DegreesOfFreedom;TRUE())."
-msgstr "Valores da inversa de CHISQ.DIST(x;GraosDeLiberdade;VERDADEIRO())."
+msgstr "Valores da inversa de DISTRI.KHICAD (x;GraosDeLiberdade;VERDADEIRO())."
 
 #: scfuncs.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sc/uiconfig/scalc/ui.po b/source/gl/sc/uiconfig/scalc/ui.po
index 5d551b95e4e..1f0b2fe592f 100644
--- a/source/gl/sc/uiconfig/scalc/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/sc/uiconfig/scalc/ui.po
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-25 17:39+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-28 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xosé <xosecalvo@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:17+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406560564.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271851.000000\n"
 
 #: advancedfilterdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "This option determines how an empty string is treated when used in arithmetic operations. If you have set \"Conversion from text to number\" to either \"Generate #VALUE! error\" or \"Treat as zero\", you cannot choose (here) if conversion of an empty string to a number will generate an error or if it will treat empty strings as zero. Otherwise this option determines how empty strings are treated."
-msgstr "Esta opción determina como se tratará  un texto baleiro cando se utilice en operacións aritméticas. De configurar «Conversión de texto a número»  tanto para  «Xerar un erro de #VALOR!» ou como para «Tratar texto baleiro coma cero», vostede non poderá escoller (aquí) se a conversión dun texto baleiro a un número xerará un erro ou será tratado coma cero. No caso contrario, esta opción determina como se tratarán os textos baleiros."
+msgstr "Esta opción determina como se tratará un texto baleiro cando se utilice en operacións aritméticas. De configurar «Conversión de texto a número» tanto para «Xerar un erro de #VALOR!» ou como para «Tratar texto baleiro coma cero», vostede non poderá escoller (aquí) se a conversión dun texto baleiro a un número xerará un erro ou será tratado coma cero. No caso contrario, esta opción determina como se tratarán os textos baleiros."
 
 #: formulacalculationoptions.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4952,7 +4952,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrías e espazamento"
+msgstr "Sangrados e espazamento"
 
 #: paradialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6653,7 +6653,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "stringlist.text"
 msgid "Sql [Native]"
-msgstr "Sql [nativo]"
+msgstr "Sql [Nativo]"
 
 #: selectdatasource.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7184,7 +7184,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Left _indent:"
-msgstr "Sangría _esquerda:"
+msgstr "Sangrado á _esquerda:"
 
 #: sidebaralignment.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7193,7 +7193,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_markup\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents from the left edge."
-msgstr "Crea unha sangría desde o bordo esquerdo."
+msgstr "Crea un sangrado desde o bordo esquerdo."
 
 #: sidebaralignment.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7202,7 +7202,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_text\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents from the left edge."
-msgstr "Crea unha sangría desde o bordo esquerdo."
+msgstr "Crea unha sangrado desde o bordo esquerdo."
 
 #: sidebaralignment.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/scaddins/source/pricing.po b/source/gl/scaddins/source/pricing.po
index ab799932cc7..46df161fd6c 100644
--- a/source/gl/scaddins/source/pricing.po
+++ b/source/gl/scaddins/source/pricing.po
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-17 14:14+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-22 13:52+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:59+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1390398726.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413914370.000000\n"
 
 #: pricing.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "String to define whether the barrier is observed (c)ontinuously or only at the (e)nd/maturity"
-msgstr "Cadea que define se a barreira se considera  (c)ontinuamente ou soamente ao r(e)mate/vencemento"
+msgstr "Cadea que define se a barreira se considera (c)ontinuamente ou soamente ao r(e)mate/vencemento"
 
 #: pricing.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/scp2/source/accessories.po b/source/gl/scp2/source/accessories.po
index 8f696dbcb0b..70689122392 100644
--- a/source/gl/scp2/source/accessories.po
+++ b/source/gl/scp2/source/accessories.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-02 09:30+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 18:22+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404293458.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413915728.000000\n"
 
 #: module_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EU\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Basque support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  vasco do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en vasco do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_MK\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Macedonian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  macedonio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en macedonio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_CY\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Welsh support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  galés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en galés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_KMR_LATN\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Kurdish support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  kurdo do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en kurdo do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_DZ\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Dzongkha support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  dzongkha do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en dzongkha do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_KA\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Georgian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  xeorxiano do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en xeorxiano do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EO\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Esperanto support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  esperanto do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en esperanto do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_ZA\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs English (South Africa) support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  inglés (Sudáfrica) do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en inglés (Sudáfrica) do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_UR_IN\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Urdu support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  urdu do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en urdu do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_samples_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_TR\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Turkish support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  turco do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en turco do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_TA\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Tamil support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  támil do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en támil do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_TA_IN\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Tamil support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  támil do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en támil do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_HI\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Hindi support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  hindi do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en hindi do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_HI_IN\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Hindi support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  hindi do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en hindi do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_DA\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Danish support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  dinamarqués do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en dinamarqués do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_FI\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Finnish support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  finlandés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en finés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2782,7 +2782,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_HE\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Hebrew support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  hebreo do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en hebreo do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2798,7 +2798,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_IS\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Icelandic support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  islandés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en islandés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_NN\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Norwegian (Nynorsk) support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  noruegués (Nynorsk) do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en noruegués (Nynorsk) do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_RM\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Rhaeto-Romance support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  retorrománico do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en retorrománico do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_RO\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Romanian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  romanés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en romanés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2878,7 +2878,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_SQ\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Albanian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  albanés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en albanés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_UR\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Urdu support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  urdu do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en urdu do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_ID\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Indonesian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  indonesio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en indonesio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_UK\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Ukrainian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  ucraíno do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en ucraíno do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_SL\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Slovenian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  esloveno do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en esloveno do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_LV\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Latvian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  letón do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en letón do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_LT\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Lithuanian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  lituano do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en lituano do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_HY\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Armenian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  armenio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en armenio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EU\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Basque support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  vasco do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en vasco do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_MK\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Macedonian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  macedonio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en macedonio do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3070,7 +3070,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_CY\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Welsh support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  galés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en galés do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3438,7 +3438,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_DZ\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Dzongkha support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  dzongkha do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en dzongkha do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_KA\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Georgian support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  xeorxiano do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en xeorxiano do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EO\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Esperanto support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  esperanto do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en esperanto do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_ZA\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs English (South Africa) support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  inglés (Sudáfrica) do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en inglés (Sudáfrica) do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3534,7 +3534,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_UR_IN\n"
 "LngText.text"
 msgid "Installs Urdu support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
-msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en  urdu do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
+msgstr "Instala a dispoñibilidade en urdu do %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"
 
 #: module_templates_accessories.ulf
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sd/source/core.po b/source/gl/sd/source/core.po
index 17ea6906034..198fbfce240 100644
--- a/source/gl/sd/source/core.po
+++ b/source/gl/sd/source/core.po
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-20 13:01+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-22 13:54+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:04+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-23 00:06+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1390398840.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414022798.000000\n"
 
 #: glob.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLSHEET_TEXTBODY_INDENT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "First line indent"
-msgstr "Sangría da primeira liña"
+msgstr "Sangrado da primeira liña"
 
 #: glob.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/sdraw/ui.po b/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/sdraw/ui.po
index 0885edadb4b..f8dd291fc19 100644
--- a/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/sdraw/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/sdraw/ui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-01 12:38+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:17+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404218289.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414271871.000000\n"
 
 #: breakdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrado e espazado"
+msgstr "Sangrado e espazamento"
 
 #: drawparadialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrado e espazado"
+msgstr "Sangrado e espazamento"
 
 #: drawprtldialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/simpress/ui.po b/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/simpress/ui.po
index 0b970623358..287145b61b3 100644
--- a/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/simpress/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/sd/uiconfig/simpress/ui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-01 12:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404218348.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414273650.000000\n"
 
 #: customanimationcreatedialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrado e espazado"
+msgstr "Sangrado e espazamento"
 
 #: templatedialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sfx2/uiconfig/ui.po b/source/gl/sfx2/uiconfig/ui.po
index b77c9be82e9..76b5550a939 100644
--- a/source/gl/sfx2/uiconfig/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/sfx2/uiconfig/ui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-11 12:12+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 18:22+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1405080750.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413915768.000000\n"
 
 #: alienwarndialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -708,9 +708,9 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "This product was created by %OOOVENDOR, based on OpenOffice.org, which is Copyright 2000, 2011 Oracle and/or its affiliates. %OOOVENDOR acknowledges all community members, please see http://www.libreoffice.org/ for more details."
 msgstr ""
-"%PRODUCTNAME ofrécese consonte os termos da licenza pública Mozilla, v. 2.0.  Pódese obter unha copia da licenza en http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.\n"
+"%PRODUCTNAME ofrécese consonte os termos da licenza pública Mozilla, v. 2.0. Pódese obter unha copia da licenza en http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.\n"
 "\n"
-"Os dereitos de autor e os termos das licenzas de terceiros  aplicábeis a partes do software están descritas no ficheiro LICENSE.html; escolla Amosar a licenza para ver os detalles exactos (en inglés).\n"
+"Os dereitos de autor e os termos das licenzas de terceiros aplicábeis a partes do software están descritas no ficheiro LICENSE.html; escolla Amosar a licenza para ver os detalles exactos (en inglés).\n"
 "\n"
 "Todas as marcas, rexistradas ou non, aquí mencionadas son propiedade dos seus titulares.\n"
 "\n"
diff --git a/source/gl/starmath/uiconfig/smath/ui.po b/source/gl/starmath/uiconfig/smath/ui.po
index f7d4583d884..ce869351acc 100644
--- a/source/gl/starmath/uiconfig/smath/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/starmath/uiconfig/smath/ui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-30 11:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406720396.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414273727.000000\n"
 
 #: alignmentdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "title\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: spacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "_Root spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado desde a _raíz"
+msgstr "Espazamento desde a _raíz"
 
 #: spacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: spacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "_Column spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre _columnas"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre _columnas"
 
 #: spacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "_Minimum spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado _mínimo"
+msgstr "Espazamento _mínimo"
 
 #: spacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: spacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svl/source/misc.po b/source/gl/svl/source/misc.po
index 0dc5143ba1f..adabdf678f3 100644
--- a/source/gl/svl/source/misc.po
+++ b/source/gl/svl/source/misc.po
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-20 13:02+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-11 11:05+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 16:29+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1389438303.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413908955.000000\n"
 
 #: mediatyp.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_SVT_MIMETYPE_APP_STARW_GLOB\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "%PRODUCTNAME Master Document"
-msgstr "Documento principal do %PRODUCTNAME"
+msgstr "Documento principal de %PRODUCTNAME"
 
 #: mediatyp.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svtools/uiconfig/ui.po b/source/gl/svtools/uiconfig/ui.po
index ce0de432493..f982047ced8 100644
--- a/source/gl/svtools/uiconfig/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/svtools/uiconfig/ui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-25 17:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-01 11:35+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 00:26+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404214536.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414455997.000000\n"
 
 #: GraphicExportOptionsDialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "0\n"
 "stringlist.text"
 msgid "pixels/cm"
-msgstr "píxels/cm"
+msgstr "píxeles/cm"
 
 #: graphicexport.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "1\n"
 "stringlist.text"
 msgid "pixels/inch"
-msgstr "píxels/polg"
+msgstr "píxeles/polg"
 
 #: graphicexport.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "stringlist.text"
 msgid "pixels/meter"
-msgstr "píxels/metro"
+msgstr "píxeles/metro"
 
 #: graphicexport.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "stringlist.text"
 msgid "pixels"
-msgstr "Píxels"
+msgstr "píxeles"
 
 #: placeedit.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/dialog.po b/source/gl/svx/source/dialog.po
index 02719ae335e..fe1fc37880c 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/dialog.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/dialog.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-10 19:33+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-14 09:53+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1405331589.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414273740.000000\n"
 
 #: bmpmask.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "MTR_FLD_TEXTSTART\n"
 "metricfield.quickhelptext"
 msgid "Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría"
+msgstr "Sangrado"
 
 #: fontwork.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4812,7 +4812,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SUBSETSTR_SPACING_MODIFIERS\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing Modifier Letters"
-msgstr "Letras modificadoras do espazado"
+msgstr "Letras modificadoras de espazamento"
 
 #: ucsubset.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/gallery2.po b/source/gl/svx/source/gallery2.po
index 2b485ea3ec9..98ff72f1fc7 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/gallery2.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/gallery2.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-07 10:08+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 18:23+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404727682.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413915792.000000\n"
 
 #: gallery.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_GALLERYSTR_THEME_COMPUTER_WIFI\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Computer - WIFI"
-msgstr "Computador -  wifi"
+msgstr "Computador - wifi"
 
 #: galtheme.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/items.po b/source/gl/svx/source/items.po
index 480a104d378..6445228acce 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/items.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/items.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-07 10:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:50+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404727761.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414273803.000000\n"
 
 #: svxerr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "$(ARG1) non é compatíbel coa corrección ortográfica ou non está activado neste momento.\n"
 "Comprobe a instalación e, se é preciso, instale o módulo do idioma desexado\n"
-" ou actíveo en «Ferramentas - Opcións - Configuración de idioma - Recursos ortográficos»."
+"ou actíveo en «Ferramentas - Opcións - Configuración de idioma - Recursos ortográficos»."
 
 #: svxerr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -535,22 +535,32 @@ msgid "Widows"
 msgstr "Illadas"
 
 #: svxitems.src
+#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "svxitems.src\n"
 "RID_ATTR_NAMES\n"
 "Spacing\n"
 "itemlist.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr ""
+"#-#-#-#-#  items.po.new (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
+"Espazado\n"
+"#-#-#-#-#  items.po.new (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
+"Espazamento"
 
 #: svxitems.src
+#, fuzzy
 msgctxt ""
 "svxitems.src\n"
 "RID_ATTR_NAMES\n"
 "Indent\n"
 "itemlist.text"
 msgid "Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría"
+msgstr ""
+"#-#-#-#-#  items.po.new (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
+"Sangría\n"
+"#-#-#-#-#  items.po.new (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
+"Sangrado"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -712,7 +722,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "Text spacing\n"
 "itemlist.text"
 msgid "Text spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado de texto"
+msgstr "Espazamento de texto"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -981,7 +991,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_BOXINF_DIST_TRUE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing enabled"
-msgstr "Espazado activado"
+msgstr "Espazamento activado"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -989,7 +999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_BOXINF_DIST_FALSE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing disabled"
-msgstr "Espazado desactivado"
+msgstr "Espazamento desactivado"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -997,7 +1007,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_BOXINF_MDIST_TRUE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Keep spacing interval"
-msgstr "Manter o intervalo de espazado"
+msgstr "Manter o intervalo de espazamento"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1005,7 +1015,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXITEMS_BOXINF_MDIST_FALSE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Allowed to fall short of spacing interval"
-msgstr "Permítese a falta de intervalos de espazado"
+msgstr "Permítese a falta de intervalos de espazamento"
 
 #: svxitems.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/paragraph.po b/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/paragraph.po
index b4febd001e8..2f1e54fc8d9 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/paragraph.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/paragraph.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-13 19:40+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:50+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1371152420.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414273843.000000\n"
 
 #: ParaPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_SPACING1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing: 1"
-msgstr "Espazado: 1"
+msgstr "Espazamento: 1"
 
 #: ParaPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_SPACING115\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing: 1.15"
-msgstr "Espazado: 1.15"
+msgstr "Espazamento: 1.15"
 
 #: ParaPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_SPACING15\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing: 1.5"
-msgstr "Espazado: 1.5"
+msgstr "Espazamento: 1.5"
 
 #: ParaPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_SPACING2\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing: 2"
-msgstr "Espazado: 2"
+msgstr "Espazamento: 2"
 
 #: ParaPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/text.po b/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/text.po
index 5f023af2933..d7d8bb4278a 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/text.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/sidebar/text.po
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-28 15:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xosé <xosecalvo@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:52+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406560170.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414273930.000000\n"
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "FT_SPACING\n"
 "fixedtext.text"
 msgid "~Character spacing: "
-msgstr "Espazado entre ~caracteres: "
+msgstr "Espazamento entre ~caracteres: "
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_VERY_TIGHT_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Condensed By: 3 pt"
-msgstr " Espazado condensado: 3 pt"
+msgstr " Espazamento condensado: 3 pt"
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_TIGHT_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Condensed By: 1.5 pt"
-msgstr " Espazado condensado: 1,5 pt"
+msgstr " Espazamento condensado: 1,5 pt"
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_NORMAL_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Normal"
-msgstr " Espazado: Normal"
+msgstr " Espazamento: Normal"
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_LOOSE_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Expanded By: 3 pt"
-msgstr " Espazado expandido: 3 pt"
+msgstr " Espazamento expandido: 3 pt"
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_VERY_LOOSE_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Expanded By: 6 pt"
-msgstr " Espazado expandido: 6 pt"
+msgstr " Espazamento expandido: 6 pt"
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_CUSTOM_C_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Condensed By: "
-msgstr " Espazado condensado: "
+msgstr " Espazamento condensado: "
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_CUSTOM_E_TIP\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid " Spacing: Expanded By: "
-msgstr " Espazado estendido de: "
+msgstr " Espazamento estendido de: "
 
 #: TextPropertyPanel.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/svdraw.po b/source/gl/svx/source/svdraw.po
index 281240231d7..5cd450ef775 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/svdraw.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/svdraw.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-07 10:49+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:53+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404730163.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274008.000000\n"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ItemNam_TEXT_LEFTDIST\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Left border spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado do bordo esquerdo"
+msgstr "Espazamento do bordo esquerdo"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ItemNam_TEXT_RIGHTDIST\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Right border spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado do bordo dereito"
+msgstr "Espazamento do bordo dereito"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ItemNam_TEXT_UPPERDIST\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Upper border spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado do bordo superior"
+msgstr "Espazamento do bordo superior"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ItemNam_TEXT_LOWERDIST\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Lower border spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado do bordo inferior"
+msgstr "Espazamento do bordo inferior"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "SIP_XA_FORMTXTDISTANCE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Fontwork spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado de Fontwork"
+msgstr "Espazamento de Fontwork"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3510,7 +3510,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "SIP_SA_SHADOWXDIST\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Shadow spacing X"
-msgstr "Espazado de sombra X"
+msgstr "Espazamento de sombra X"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "SIP_SA_SHADOWYDIST\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Shadow spacing Y"
-msgstr "Espazado de sombra Y"
+msgstr "Espazamento de sombra Y"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4494,7 +4494,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "SIP_EE_PARA_OUTLLRSPACE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Numbering indents"
-msgstr "Sangrías de numeración"
+msgstr "Sangrados de numeración"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4518,7 +4518,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "SIP_EE_PARA_LRSPACE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents"
-msgstr "Sangrías"
+msgstr "Sangrados"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "SIP_EE_PARA_ULSPACE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Paragraph spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre parágrafos"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre parágrafos"
 
 #: svdstr.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/tbxctrls.po b/source/gl/svx/source/tbxctrls.po
index 1bf2c809684..8c9c5ab5383 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/tbxctrls.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/tbxctrls.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-07 10:49+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:53+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1404730171.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274026.000000\n"
 
 #: colrctrl.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXFLOAT_FONTWORK_CHARSPACING\n"
 "dockingwindow.text"
 msgid "Fontwork Character Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre caracteres Fontwork"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre caracteres de Fontwork"
 
 #: grafctrl.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/source/toolbars.po b/source/gl/svx/source/toolbars.po
index 71b441e96cf..0f31764ea56 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/source/toolbars.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/source/toolbars.po
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-23 12:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-13 19:53+0000\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:06+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1371153188.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274040.000000\n"
 
 #: extrusionbar.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -158,4 +158,4 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_SVXSTR_UNDO_APPLY_FONTWORK_CHARACTER_SPACING\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Apply Fontwork Character Spacing"
-msgstr "Aplicar espazado entre caracteres Fontwork"
+msgstr "Aplicar espazamento entre caracteres de Fontwork"
diff --git a/source/gl/svx/uiconfig/ui.po b/source/gl/svx/uiconfig/ui.po
index b7eb09ad504..018ea364993 100644
--- a/source/gl/svx/uiconfig/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/svx/uiconfig/ui.po
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-12 13:24+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-28 15:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xosé <xosecalvo@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406560175.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274148.000000\n"
 
 #: acceptrejectchangesdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "title\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Fontwork Character Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado entre caracteres Fontwork"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre caracteres de Fontwork"
 
 #: fontworkspacingdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Use d_ynamic spacing"
-msgstr "Ut_ilizar espazado dinámico"
+msgstr "Ut_ilizar espazamento dinámico"
 
 #: headfootformatpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "_Snap to grid"
-msgstr "Axu_star á gradicela"
+msgstr "Axu_star á grade"
 
 #: optgridpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "_Visible grid"
-msgstr "Gradicela _visíbel"
+msgstr "Grade _visíbel"
 
 #: optgridpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Grid"
-msgstr "Gradicela"
+msgstr "Grade"
 
 #: optgridpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3510,7 +3510,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_markup\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Increase Spacing"
-msgstr "Aumentar o espazado"
+msgstr "Aumentar o espazamento"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_text\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Increase Spacing"
-msgstr "Aumentar o espazado"
+msgstr "Aumentar o espazamento"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3528,7 +3528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_markup\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Decrease Spacing"
-msgstr "Diminuír o espazado"
+msgstr "Diminuír o espazamento"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3537,7 +3537,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_text\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Decrease Spacing"
-msgstr "Diminuír o espazado"
+msgstr "Diminuír o espazamento"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3546,7 +3546,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_markup\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Above Paragraph Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado sobre o parágrafo"
+msgstr "Espazamento sobre o parágrafo"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_text\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Above Paragraph Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado sobre o parágrafo"
+msgstr "Espazamento sobre o parágrafo"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3564,7 +3564,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_markup\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Below Paragraph Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado baixo o parágrafo"
+msgstr "Espazamento baixo o parágrafo"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3573,7 +3573,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "tooltip_text\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Below Paragraph Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado baixo o parágrafo"
+msgstr "Espazamento baixo o parágrafo"
 
 #: sidebarparagraph.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4050,7 +4050,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrado e espazado"
+msgstr "Sangrado e espazamento"
 
 #: textcontrolparadialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sw/source/core/undo.po b/source/gl/sw/source/core/undo.po
index 55df1170455..70cb31c7205 100644
--- a/source/gl/sw/source/core/undo.po
+++ b/source/gl/sw/source/core/undo.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:02+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-22 12:03+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-23 00:09+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1406030611.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414022970.000000\n"
 
 #: undo.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_INC_LEFTMARGIN\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Increase Indent"
-msgstr "Aumentar sangría"
+msgstr "Aumentar sangrado"
 
 #: undo.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DEC_LEFTMARGIN\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Decrease indent"
-msgstr "Diminuír sangría"
+msgstr "Diminuír sangrado"
 
 #: undo.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sw/source/ui/app.po b/source/gl/sw/source/ui/app.po
index ca506e2e3c4..831b6d4b9ee 100644
--- a/source/gl/sw/source/ui/app.po
+++ b/source/gl/sw/source/ui/app.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-21 12:20+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:55+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1405945203.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274159.000000\n"
 
 #: app.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ACCESS_PAGESETUP_SPACING\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing between %1 and %2"
-msgstr "Espazado entre %1 e %2"
+msgstr "Espazamento entre %1 e %2"
 
 #: app.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sw/source/ui/index.po b/source/gl/sw/source/ui/index.po
index 5848ab3932a..f89ccc0ed76 100644
--- a/source/gl/sw/source/ui/index.po
+++ b/source/gl/sw/source/ui/index.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-21 12:47+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:40+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1405946875.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413913208.000000\n"
 
 #: cnttab.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_DELIM\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "S"
-msgstr "IH"
+msgstr "S"
 
 #: cnttab.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sw/source/ui/utlui.po b/source/gl/sw/source/ui/utlui.po
index 055243e0bb3..2eddfc0a5c6 100644
--- a/source/gl/sw/source/ui/utlui.po
+++ b/source/gl/sw/source/ui/utlui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:02+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-21 12:48+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-23 01:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1405946895.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414026935.000000\n"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_STANDARD\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Default Style"
-msgstr "Estilo predeterminado"
+msgstr "Predeterminado"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_TEXT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Text Body"
-msgstr "Corpo de texto"
+msgstr "Corpo"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_TEXT_IDENT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "First Line Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría de primeira liña"
+msgstr "Sangrado de primeira liña"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_TEXT_NEGIDENT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Hanging Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría negativa"
+msgstr "Sangrado negativo"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_TEXT_MOVE\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Text Body Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría de corpo de texto"
+msgstr "Sangrado de corpo"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_CONFRONTATION\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "List Indent"
-msgstr "Sangría da lista"
+msgstr "Sangrado da lista"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1S\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Numbering 1 Start"
-msgstr "Início de numeración 1"
+msgstr "Inicio de numeración 1"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCOLL_DOC_SUBTITEL\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Subtitle"
-msgstr "Subtítulo do documento"
+msgstr "Subtítulo"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLPAGE_STANDARD\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Default Style"
-msgstr "Estilo predeterminado"
+msgstr "Predeterminado"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_POOLCHR_RUBYTEXT\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Rubies"
-msgstr "Rubis"
+msgstr "Rubís"
 
 #: poolfmt.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_TEXT +1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Set \"Text body\" Style"
-msgstr "Definir estilo \"Corpo do texto\""
+msgstr "Aplicar o estilo «Corpo de texto»"
 
 #: utlui.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_INDENT  +1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Set \"Text body indent\" Style"
-msgstr "Definir estilo \"Sangría do corpo do texto\""
+msgstr "Aplicar o estilo «Sangrado do corpo»"
 
 #: utlui.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_NEG_INDENT  +1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Set \"Hanging indent\" Style"
-msgstr "Definir estilo \"Sangría desprazada\""
+msgstr "Aplicar o estilo «Sangrado negativo»"
 
 #: utlui.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_TEXT_INDENT +1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Set \"Text body indent\" Style"
-msgstr "Definir estilo \"Sangría do corpo do texto\""
+msgstr "Aplicar o estilo «Sangrado do corpo»"
 
 #: utlui.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_NUMBULET +1\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Set \"Bullet\" or \"Numbering\" Style"
-msgstr "Definir estilo \"Viñeta\" ou \"Numeración\""
+msgstr "Definir o estilo «Viñeta» ou «Numeración»"
 
 #: utlui.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/sw/uiconfig/swriter/ui.po b/source/gl/sw/uiconfig/swriter/ui.po
index c3da101eb18..b55ffaeace3 100644
--- a/source/gl/sw/uiconfig/swriter/ui.po
+++ b/source/gl/sw/uiconfig/swriter/ui.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: LibO 40l10n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:57+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: none\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413239377.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274263.000000\n"
 
 #: abstractdialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: columnpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Width and Spacing"
-msgstr "Largura e espazado"
+msgstr "Largura e espazamento"
 
 #: columnpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3681,7 +3681,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Database s_election"
-msgstr "S_elección da base  de datos"
+msgstr "S_elección da base de datos"
 
 #: flddbpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4779,7 +4779,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents"
-msgstr "Sangrías"
+msgstr "Sangrados"
 
 #: formatsectiondialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4878,7 +4878,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: formattablepage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6381,7 +6381,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents"
-msgstr "Sangrías"
+msgstr "Sangrados"
 
 #: insertsectiondialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6831,7 +6831,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: linenumbering.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10198,7 +10198,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indent at"
-msgstr "Sangría á"
+msgstr "Sangrado á"
 
 #: outlinepositionpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10270,7 +10270,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Position and spacing"
-msgstr "Posición e espazado"
+msgstr "Posición e espazamento"
 
 #: outlinepositionpage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -10342,7 +10342,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrías e espazamento"
+msgstr "Sangrados e espazamento"
 
 #: paradialog.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12907,7 +12907,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Indents & Spacing"
-msgstr "Sangrías e espazamento"
+msgstr "Sangrados e espazamento"
 
 #: templatedialog2.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13888,7 +13888,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Tab position relati_ve to Paragraph Style indent"
-msgstr "Posición da tabulación _relativa á sangría do estilo de parágrafo"
+msgstr "Posición da tabulación _relativa ao sangrado do estilo de parágrafo"
 
 #: tocentriespage.ui
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15058,7 +15058,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "label\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing"
-msgstr "Espazado"
+msgstr "Espazamento"
 
 #: wrappage.ui
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/uui/source.po b/source/gl/uui/source.po
index 5ee0fe144a7..6d65f6e4d09 100644
--- a/source/gl/uui/source.po
+++ b/source/gl/uui/source.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 00:07+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-26 12:20+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 17:35+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1403785217.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1413912925.000000\n"
 
 #: alreadyopen.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ENTER_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Enter password to open file: \n"
-msgstr "Escriba o contrasinal para abrir o ficheiro:\n"
+msgstr "Escriba o contrasinal para abrir o ficheiro: \n"
 
 #: passworddlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ENTER_PASSWORD_TO_MODIFY\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Enter password to modify file: \n"
-msgstr "Escriba o contrasinal para modificar o ficheiro:\n"
+msgstr "Escriba o contrasinal para modificar o ficheiro: \n"
 
 #: passworddlg.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "STR_ERROR_MASTERPASSWORD_WRONG\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "The master password is incorrect."
-msgstr "Ainda non se estabeleceu o contrasinal mestre."
+msgstr "Aínda non se estabeleceu o contrasinal mestre."
 
 #: passworderrs.src
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/gl/wizards/source/formwizard.po b/source/gl/wizards/source/formwizard.po
index 81469edc71b..2b0727d775d 100644
--- a/source/gl/wizards/source/formwizard.po
+++ b/source/gl/wizards/source/formwizard.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 13:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-26 11:55+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 21:58+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antón <meixome@certima.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: gl\n"
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
+"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
 "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1403783741.000000\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1414274286.000000\n"
 
 #: dbwizres.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3073,7 +3073,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START + 35\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing ~to top margin:"
-msgstr "Espazado a~ta a marxe superior:"
+msgstr "Espazamento a~ta a marxe superior:"
 
 #: dbwizres.src
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START + 39\n"
 "string.text"
 msgid "Spacing ~to top margin:"
-msgstr "Espazado a~ta a marxe superior:"
+msgstr "Espazamento a~ta a marxe superior:"
 
 #: dbwizres.src
 msgctxt ""